[go: up one dir, main page]

US20120244121A1 - Modulators of toll-like receptor 7 - Google Patents

Modulators of toll-like receptor 7 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20120244121A1
US20120244121A1 US13/490,696 US201213490696A US2012244121A1 US 20120244121 A1 US20120244121 A1 US 20120244121A1 US 201213490696 A US201213490696 A US 201213490696A US 2012244121 A1 US2012244121 A1 US 2012244121A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
substituted
alkyl
carbocyclylalkyl
heterocyclylalkyl
carbocyclyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/490,696
Inventor
Michael Graupe
Randall L. Halcomb
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Gilead Sciences Inc
Original Assignee
Gilead Sciences Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=39789972&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20120244121(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Gilead Sciences Inc filed Critical Gilead Sciences Inc
Priority to US13/490,696 priority Critical patent/US20120244121A1/en
Publication of US20120244121A1 publication Critical patent/US20120244121A1/en
Priority to US14/158,595 priority patent/US8993755B2/en
Priority to US14/626,738 priority patent/US9611268B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/02Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6
    • C07D473/18Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 6 one oxygen and one nitrogen atom, e.g. guanine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • A61K31/522Purines, e.g. adenine having oxo groups directly attached to the heterocyclic ring, e.g. hypoxanthine, guanine, acyclovir
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • A61K31/551Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole having two nitrogen atoms, e.g. dilazep
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/20Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This application relates generally to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions which selectively activates toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7), and methods of making and using them.
  • TLR7 toll-like receptor 7
  • the innate immune system provides the body with a first line defense against invading pathogens.
  • an invading pathogen is recognized by a germline-encoded receptor, the activation of which initiates a signaling cascade that leads to the induction of cytokine expression.
  • Innate immune system receptors have broad specificity, recognizing molecular structures that are highly conserved among different pathogens.
  • One family of these receptors is known as Toll-like receptors (TLRs), due to their homology with receptors that were first identified and named in Drosophila , and are present in cells such as macrophages, dendritic cells, and epithelial cells.
  • TLR2 is activated by the lipoprotein of bacteria (e.g., E. coli .)
  • TLR3 is activated by double-stranded RNA
  • TLR4 is activated by lipopolysaccharide (i.e., LPS or endotoxin) of Gram-negative bacteria (e.g., Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7)
  • TLR5 is activated by flagellin of motile bacteria (e.g., Listeria )
  • TLR7 recognizes and responds to imiquimod
  • TLR9 is activated by unmethylated CpG sequences of pathogen DNA.
  • NF- ⁇ B transcription factor- ⁇ B
  • IL-1 interleukin-1
  • the present invention is based, in part, on the discovery by the applicants that a number of small molecules can alter TLR-mediated immunostimulatory signaling. Accordingly, the present application is directed to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for use in preventing or treating diseases or conditions associated with Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) activity in patients.
  • TLR7 Toll-like receptor 7
  • the invention comprises a compound of formula I or II:
  • Formula I can be represented by Formula Ia:
  • Formula II can be represented by Formula IIa:
  • the present application provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the present application provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof; at least one additional active agent; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • the present application provides for a method for treating or preventing a viral infection comprising administering, to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • the present application provides for a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof;
  • a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of
  • a compound of the invention or “a compound of formula I or II” means a compound of formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or physiologically functional derivative thereof.
  • Compounds of the invention also include tautomeric forms thereof, e.g., tautomeric “enols” as described herein.
  • the phrase “a compound of formula (number)” means a compound of that formula and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and physiologically functional derivatives thereof.
  • Alkyl is hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms.
  • an alkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e, C 1 -C 20 alkyl), 1 to 10 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 10 alkyl), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 6 alkyl).
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, —CH 3 ), ethyl (Et, —CH 2 CH 3 ), 1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-propyl (i-Pr, i-propyl, —CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, —CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, —CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, —C(CH 3 ) 3 ), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 ), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH 3 )
  • Alkoxy means a group having the formula —O-alkyl, in which an alkyl group, as defined above, is attached to the parent molecule via an oxygen atom.
  • the alkyl portion of an alkoxy group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 20 alkoxy), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 12 alkoxy), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 6 alkoxy).
  • alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (—O—CH 3 or —OMe), ethoxy (—OCH 2 CH 3 or —OEt), t-butoxy (—O—C(CH 3 ) 3 or —OtBu) and the like.
  • Haloalkyl is an alkyl group, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl portion of a haloalkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 20 haloalkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 12 haloalkyl), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 6 alkyl).
  • suitable haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, —CF 3 , —CHF 2 , —CFH 2 , —CH 2 CF 3 , and the like.
  • Alkenyl is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp 2 double bond.
  • an alkenyl group can have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 20 alkenyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 12 alkenyl), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 6 alkenyl).
  • alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethylene, vinyl (—CH ⁇ CH 2 ), allyl (—CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ), cyclopentenyl (—C 5 H 7 ), and 5-hexenyl (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH ⁇ CH 2 ).
  • Alkynyl is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond.
  • an alkynyl group can have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 20 alkynyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 12 alkyne,), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C 2 -C 6 alkynyl).
  • suitable alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetylenic (—C ⁇ CH), propargyl (—CH 2 C ⁇ CH), and the like.
  • Alkylene refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane.
  • an alkylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to, methylene (—CH 2 —), 1,1-ethyl (—CH(CH 3 )—), 1,2-ethyl (—CH 2 CH 2 —), 1,1-propyl (—CH(CH 2 CH 3 )—), 1,2-propyl (—CH 2 CH(CH 3 )—), 1,3-propyl (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), 1,4-butyl (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), and the like.
  • Alkenylene refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene.
  • alkenylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Typical alkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to, 1,2-ethylene (—CH ⁇ CH—).
  • Alkynylene refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkyne.
  • an alkynylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Typical alkynylene radicals include, but are not limited to, acetylene (—C ⁇ C—), propargyl (—CH 2 C ⁇ C—), and 4-pentynyl (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 C ⁇ CH—).
  • Aminoalkyl refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with an amino radical.
  • “Amidoalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with a —NR a COR b group where R a is hydrogen or alkyl and R b is alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl as defined herein, e.g., —(CH 2 ) 2 —NHC(O)CH 3 , —(CH 2 ) 3 —NH—C(O)—CH 3 , and the like.
  • Aryl means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system.
  • an awl group can have 6 to 20 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene (e.g., phenyl), substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.
  • “Arylene” refers to an aryl as defined above having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent aryl. Typical arylene radicals include, but are not limited to, phenylene.
  • Arylalkyl refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like.
  • the arylalkyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Arylalkenyl refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, but also an sp 2 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • the aryl portion of the arylalkenyl can include, for example, any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkenyl portion of the arylalkenyl can include, for example, any of the alkenyl groups disclosed herein.
  • the arylalkenyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkenyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Arylalkynyl refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or spa carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical.
  • the aryl portion of the arylalkynyl can include, for example, any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkynyl portion of the arylalkynyl can include, for example, any of the alkynyl groups disclosed herein.
  • the arylalkynyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkynyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • substituted in reference to alkyl, alkylene, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, etc., for example, “substituted alkyl”, “substituted alkylene”, “substituted aryl”, “substituted arylalkyl”, “substituted heterocyclyl”, and “substituted carbocyclyl” means alkyl, alkylene, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, carbocyclyl respectively, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent.
  • Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, —X, —R, —O ⁇ , ⁇ O, —OR, —SR, —S ⁇ , —NR 2 , —N + R 3 , ⁇ NR, —CX 3 , —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N ⁇ C ⁇ O, —NCS, —NO, —NO 2 , ⁇ N 2 , —N 3 , —NHC( ⁇ O)R, —C( ⁇ O)NRR—S( ⁇ O) 2 O ⁇ , —S( ⁇ O) 2 OH, —S( ⁇ O) 2 R, —OS( ⁇ O) 2 OR, —S( ⁇ O) 2 NR, —S( ⁇ O)R, —OP( ⁇ O)(OR) 2 , —P( ⁇ O)(OR) 2 , —P( ⁇ O)(O ⁇ ) 2 , —P( ⁇ O)(OH
  • substituted or are shown diagrammatically to be substituted (or optionally substituted, e.g., when the number of substituents ranges from zero to a positive integer), then the terms “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are understood to be interchangeable with “alkylene”, “arylene”, “heterocyclylene”, etc.
  • prodrug refers to any compound that when administered to a biological system generates the drug substance, i.e., active ingredient, as a result of spontaneous chemical reaction(s), enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), photolysis, and/or metabolic chemical reaction(s).
  • a prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog or latent form of a therapeutically active compound.
  • Heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group where one or more carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom, such as, O, N, or S.
  • a heteroatom e.g., O, N, or S
  • the resulting heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkoxy group (e.g., —OCH 3 , etc.), an amine (e.g., —NHCH 3 , —N(CHL) 2 , etc.), or a thioalkyl group (e.g., —SCH 3 ).
  • heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkyl ether (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 3 , etc.), an alkyl amine (e.g., —CH 2 NHCH 3 , —CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , etc.), or a thioalkyl ether (e.g., —CH 2 —S—CHL).
  • an alkyl ether e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 —O—CH 3 , etc.
  • alkyl amine e.g., —CH 2 NHCH 3 , —CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , etc.
  • thioalkyl ether e.g., —CH 2 —S—CHL
  • the resulting heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, a hydroxyalkyl group (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 —OH), an aminoalkyl group (e.g., —CH 2 NH 2 ), or an alkyl thiol group (e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 —SH).
  • a heteroalkyl group can have, for example, 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a C 1 -C 6 heteroalkyl group means a heteroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocycle or “heterocyclyl” as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation those heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.; Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W.A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9 ; The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs ” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566.
  • heterocycle includes a “carbocycle” as defined herein, wherein one or more (e.g.
  • heterocycle or “heterocyclyl” includes saturated rings, partially unsaturated rings, and aromatic rings (i.e., heteroaromatic rings).
  • Substituted heterocyclyls include, for example, heterocyclic rings substituted with any of the substituents disclosed herein including carbonyl groups.
  • a non-limiting example of a carbonyl substituted heterocyclyl is:
  • heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
  • carbon bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline.
  • carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or ⁇ -carboline.
  • nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
  • Heterocyclylene refers to a heterocyclyl, as defined herein, derived by replacing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom or heteroatom of a heterocyclyl, with an open valence.
  • heteroarylene refers to an aromatic heterocyclylene.
  • Heterocyclylalkyl refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkylene-moiety).
  • Typical heterocyclyl alkyl groups include, but are not limited to heterocyclyl-CH 2 —, 2-(heterocyclyl)ethan-1-yl, and the like, wherein the “heterocyclyl” portion includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described above, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry .
  • heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable.
  • the heterocyclyl alkyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • heterocyclylalkyls include by way of example and not limitation 5-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles such as thiazolylmethyl, 2-thiazolylethan-1-yl, imidazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, etc., 6-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles such as piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridizylmethyl, pyrimidylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, etc.
  • heterocycles such as thiazolylmethyl, 2-thiazolylethan-1-yl, imidazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, etc.
  • 6-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles such as piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyridinylmethyl,
  • Heterocyclylalkenyl refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp 3 carbon atom, but also a sp 2 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkenylene-moiety).
  • the heterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry , and the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any of the alkenyl groups disclosed herein.
  • heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable.
  • the heterocyclyl alkenyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heterocyclylalkynyl refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or spa carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkynylene-moiety).
  • the heterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry , and the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any of the alkynyl groups disclosed herein.
  • heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable.
  • the heterocyclyl alkynyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Heteroaryl refers to a monovalent aromatic heterocyclyl having at least one heteroatom in the ring.
  • suitable heteroatoms which can be included in the aromatic ring include oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen.
  • suitable heteroatoms which can be included in the aromatic ring include oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen.
  • Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl rings include all of those listed in the definition of “heterocyclyl”, including pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, purinyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, etc.
  • Carbocycle or “carbocyclyl” refers to a saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle, 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle, and up to about 20 carbon atoms as a polycycle.
  • Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms.
  • Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g., arranged as a bicyclo (4,5), (5,5), (5,6) or (6,6) system, or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo (5,6) or (6,6) system.
  • Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl, phenyl, etc.
  • Carbocyclylene refers to a carbocyclyl or carbocycle as defined above having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent carbocyclyl.
  • Typical carbocyclylene radicals include, but are not limited to, phenylene.
  • Arylheteroalkyl refers to a heteroalkyl as defined herein, in which a hydrogen atom (which may be attached either to a carbon atom or a heteroatom) has been replaced with an aryl group as defined herein.
  • the aryl groups may be bonded to a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl group, or to a heteroatom of the heteroalkyl group, provided that the resulting arylheteroalkyl group provides a chemically stable moiety.
  • an arylheteroalkyl group can have the general formulae -alkylene-O-aryl, -alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-NH-aryl, -alkylene-NH-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-S-aryl, -alkylene-S-alkylene-aryl, etc.
  • any of the alkylene moieties in the general formulae above can be further substituted with any of the substituents defined or exemplified herein.
  • Heteroarylalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which a hydrogen atom has been replaced with a heteroaryl group as defined herein.
  • Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl alkyl include —CH 2 -pyridinyl, —CH 2 -pyrrolyl, —CH 2 -oxazolyl, —CH 2 -indolyl, —CH 2 -isoindolyl, —CH 2 -purinyl, —CH 2 -furanyl, —CH 2 -thienyl, —CH 2 -benzofuranyl, —CH 2 -benzothiophenyl, —CH 2 -carbazolyl, —CH 2 -imidazolyl, —CH 2 -thiazolyl, —CH 2 -isoxazolyl, —CH 2 -pyrazolyl, —CH 2 -isothiazolyl, —CH 2
  • optionally substituted in reference to a particular moiety of the compound of Formula I (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group) refers to a moiety having 0, 1, 2, or more substituents.
  • Ester thereof means any ester of a compound in which any of the —COOH functions of the molecule is replaced by a —C(O)OR function, or in which any of the —OH functions of the molecule are replaced with a —OC(O)R function, in which the R moiety of the ester is any carbon-containing group which forms a stable ester moiety, including but not limited to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl and substituted derivatives thereof.
  • Esters can also include esters—as described above—of “tautomeric enols”, e.g. as shown below:
  • esters thereof includes but is not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable esters thereof.
  • chiral refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
  • stereoisomers refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • Diastereomer refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • Enantiomers refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another.
  • a specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture.
  • a 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process.
  • racemic mixture and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • protecting groups include prodrug moieties and chemical protecting groups.
  • Protecting groups are available, commonly known and used, and are optionally used to prevent side reactions with the protected group during synthetic procedures, i.e. routes or methods to prepare the compounds of the invention. For the most part the decision as to which groups to protect, when to do so, and the nature of the chemical protecting group “PG” will be dependent upon the chemistry of the reaction to be protected against (e.g., acidic, basic, oxidative, reductive or other conditions) and the intended direction of the synthesis. The PG groups do not need to be, and generally are not, the same if the compound is substituted with multiple PG. In general, PG will be used to protect functional groups such as carboxyl, hydroxyl, thio, or amino groups and to thus prevent side reactions or to otherwise facilitate the synthetic efficiency. The order of deprotection to yield free, deprotected groups is dependent upon the intended direction of the synthesis and the reaction conditions to be encountered, and may occur in any order as determined by the artisan.
  • protecting groups for —OH groups include “ether- or ester-forming groups”.
  • Ether- or ester-forming groups are capable of functioning as chemical protecting groups in the synthetic schemes set forth herein.
  • some hydroxyl and thio protecting groups are neither ether- nor ester-forming groups, as will be understood by those skilled in the art, and are included with amides, discussed below.
  • Ester-forming groups include: (1) phosphonate ester-forming groups, such as phosphonamidate esters, phosphorothioate esters, phosphonate esters, and phosphon-bis-amidates; (2) carboxyl ester-forming groups, and (3) sulphur ester-forming groups, such as sulphonate, sulfate, and sulfinate.
  • phosphonate ester-forming groups such as phosphonamidate esters, phosphorothioate esters, phosphonate esters, and phosphon-bis-amidates
  • carboxyl ester-forming groups such as sulphonate, sulfate, and sulfinate.
  • the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof.
  • Such products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabelled (e.g., C 14 or H 3 ) compound of the invention, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
  • a detectable dose e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg
  • an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man
  • sufficient time for metabolism to occur typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours
  • isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples typically isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples.
  • the metabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g., by MS or NMR analysis.
  • the present application provides compounds according to Formula I or II, as described herein.
  • the compounds of the present invention do not include any of the compounds disclosed in WO 07/034,817, WO 07/034,917, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2006/0052403, JP 2005/089334, or U.S. Pat. No. 6,329,381, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • L 2 when L 2 is —NH—, —O—, or —S—, in Formula II, L 2 defines a ⁇ NH (imine), ⁇ O (carbonyl), or ⁇ S (thiocarbonyl) group.
  • X 1 is alkylene or substituted alkylene; wherein the substituted alkylene comprises an alkylene substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and combinations thereof.
  • n 1
  • L 1 is —CH 2 — or —CH 2 CH 2 —.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 8-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 8- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and R 5 is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , or —C(O)NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 is H or carbocyclylalkyl; and
  • R 5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • D is arylene or heteroarylene.
  • L 2 is —O—.
  • -L 2 -R 2 is —OH.
  • L 2 is —O—; and R 2 is —C(O)R 6 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O)OR 7 , —S(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O) 2 OR 7 , or —S(O) 2 NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 2 is —C(O)OCH 3 , —C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)OCH(CHs) 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • L 2 is —O—; and R 2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • L 3 is —O—.
  • R 3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 or —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 4 and R 5 are not each simultaneously H or alkyl.
  • Formula I is represented by Formula Ia:
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 8-membered monocyclic fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 8- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and
  • R 5 is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , or —C(O)NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 4 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, or cyclopropylmethylenyl
  • R 5 is phenyl, pyridinyl, —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)OCH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; R 4 is H; and R 5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; R 4 is H; and R 5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • R 1 is independently —NR 4 R 5 ; R 4 is H; and R 5 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 2 is —C(O)R 6 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O)OR 7 , —S(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O) 2 OR 7 , or —S(O) 2 NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 2 is —C(O)OCH 3 , —C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)OCH(CH 3 ) 2 , —C(O)NHCH 3 , —C(O)NHCH 2 CH 3 , —C(O)NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • L 3 is —O—.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —O-alkyl, —O-(substituted alkyl), —O-carbocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-carbocyclylalkyl, —O-heterocyclylalkyl, or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CF 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , —OCH 2 CF 3 ,
  • R 2 is H. It is further preferred that R 1 is NR 4 R 5 and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 is —NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 2 is H, —C(O)R 6 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O) 2 OR 7 , or —S(O) 2 NR 7 R 8 ;
  • L 3 is —O—;
  • R 3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R 3 , —S(O)R 3
  • R 4 and R 5 are not each simultaneously H or alkyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —Oi-butyl, —Oc-butyl, —Oc-pentyl, —OCH 2 c-propyl, —OCH 2 c-butyl, —OCH 2 CH 2 c-propyl, —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, —OCH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , or (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, —Oi-butyl, —OCH 2 CH 2 c-propyl, or —OCH 2 c-propyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is as defined immediately previously, R 2 is H, and R 1 is NR 4 R 5 and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, or —OCH 2 c-propyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is as defined immediately previously, R 2 is H, and R 1 is NR 4 R 5 and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • Formula II is represented by Formula IIa:
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 10- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and
  • R 5 is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R 3 , —C(O)OR 3 , or —C(O)NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 2 is —C(O)R 6 , —C(O)OR 6 , —C(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O)OR 7 , —S(O)NR 7 R 8 , —S(O) 2 OR 7 , or —S(O) 2 NR 7 R 8 .
  • R 4 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, or cyclopropylmethylenyl
  • R 5 is phenyl, pyridinyl, —C(O)CH 3 , —C(O)OCH 3 , —C(O)CH 2 CH 3 , or —C(O)OCH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, allyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • L 3 is —O—.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 or —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is —NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, cyclylalkylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
  • L 3 is —O—;
  • R 3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • L 2 is a covalent bond
  • R 2 is hydrogen or halogen. That is, Formula I is represented by Formula Ib:
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • the heterocycle can be selected from the group consisting of:
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl. It is preferred that -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 or —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is NR 4 R 5 ; -L 3 -R 3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl; and R 4 and R 5 , taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the present application provides compounds according to formula Ia:
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, —Oi-butyl, —OCH 2 CH 2 c-propyl, or —OCH 2 c-propyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, or —OCH 2 c-propyl.
  • -L 3 -R 3 is —OCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 4 and R 5 taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • T1, T2, T3 and T4 Compounds of general Formula III are depicted as four moieties T1, T2, T3 and T4 attached in the manner shown above.
  • Tables A-D show, respectively, the structures of the T1, T2, T3 and T4 moieties, with the point(s) of attachment to neighboring moieties.
  • Each moiety T1, T2, T3 and T4 in Tables A-D is represented by a “code” comprising letters and numbers.
  • Each structure of a compound of Formula III can be designated in tabular form by combining the “code” representing each structural moiety using the following syntax: T1.T2.T3.T4.
  • T1A.T2A.T3A.T4A represents the following structure:
  • alkylene alkylene
  • arylene alkyl
  • cycloalkylalkyl heteroarylene
  • carboxycyclylene carboxycyclylene
  • T1A O-alkyl
  • T1B O-alkylene-O-alkyl
  • T1C S-alkyl
  • T1D NH-alkyl (alkyl is substituted or unsubstituted)
  • T1E alkyl T1F (cycloalkyl)alkyl-O— T1G Cycloalkyl-O—
  • T3A alkylene-arylene-alkylene-T4 (substituted or unsubstituted)
  • T3B alkylene-carbocyclylene-alkylene-T4 (substituted or unsubstituted)
  • T3C alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene-T4 (substituted or unsubstituted)
  • T3D alkylene-heterocyclene-alkylene-T4 (substituted or unsubstituted)
  • T4A N(alkyl)S(O) 2 -alkyl
  • T4B N(cycloalkylalkyl)C(O)O-alkyl
  • T4C N(cycloalkylalkyl)C(O)N(alkyl) 2
  • T4D N(cycloalkylalkyl) 2
  • T4E NH(cycloalkylalkyl)
  • X, A, Y, and Z are defined in Tables 6-9, below.
  • Each compound is designated in tabular form by combining the “code” representing each structural moiety using the following syntax: X.A.Y.Z.
  • X1.A1.Y1.Z1 represents the following structure:
  • the compounds of this invention are formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinary practice.
  • Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like.
  • Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like.
  • the pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7 to 10.
  • the formulations of the invention both for veterinary and for human use, comprise at least one active ingredient, together with one or more acceptable carriers and optionally other therapeutic ingredients.
  • the carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.
  • the formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent.
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient.
  • the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w.
  • the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
  • the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof.
  • the topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide and related analogs.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat.
  • the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax
  • the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • the choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties.
  • the cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers.
  • Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.
  • compositions according to the present invention comprise one or more compounds of the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations containing the active ingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration.
  • tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared.
  • Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation.
  • Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable.
  • excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • inert diluents such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate
  • granulating and disintegrating agents such as maize starch, or alginic acid
  • binding agents such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch,
  • Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period.
  • a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • an inert solid diluent for example calcium phosphate or kaolin
  • an oil medium such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
  • excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate).
  • a suspending agent
  • the aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin.
  • the oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol.
  • Sweetening agents, such as those set forth herein, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, and one or more preservatives.
  • a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., sodium tartrate
  • suspending agent e.g., sodium EDTA
  • preservatives e.g., sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium bicarbonate
  • the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
  • sweetening agents such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose.
  • Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
  • compositions of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • a sterile injectable preparation such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned herein.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder.
  • a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight).
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration.
  • an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 ⁇ g of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 ⁇ m (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 ⁇ m in increments such as 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, 35 ⁇ m, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs.
  • Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient.
  • Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment or prophylaxis of infections as described herein.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediately prior to use.
  • sterile liquid carrier for example water for injection
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • the invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising at least one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinary carrier.
  • Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary art and are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any other desired route.
  • Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlled release of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of the active ingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provided compositions comprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated for sustained or controlled release.
  • the effective dose of an active ingredient depends at least on the nature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is being used prophylactically (lower doses) or against an active disease or condition, the method of delivery, and the pharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies.
  • the effective dose can be expected to be from about 0.0001 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, typically from about 0.001 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, more typically from about 0.01 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, even more typically from about 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day.
  • the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight will range from about 0.05 mg to about 100 mg, or between about 0.1 mg and about 25 mg, or between about 0.4 mg and about 4 mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • additional active agent also include, but are not limited to interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • one or more compounds of the present invention may be combined with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-
  • ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof;
  • the present application provides a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof;
  • a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of
  • One or more compounds of the invention are administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred route may vary with for example the condition of the recipient.
  • An advantage of the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailable and can be dosed orally.
  • the compounds of the present invention are used in combination with other active therapeutic ingredients or agents.
  • Combinations of the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, and additional active agents may be selected to treat patients with a viral infection, e.g., HBV, HCV, or HIV infection.
  • the other active therapeutic ingredients or agents are interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors
  • hepatoprotectants nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase
  • non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase HCV NS5A inhibitors
  • TLR-7 agonists cyclophillin inhibitors
  • Combinations of the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV are typically selected based on the condition to be treated, cross-reactivities of ingredients and pharmaco-properties of the combination.
  • an infection e.g., HCV
  • the compositions of the invention are combined with other active agents (such as those described herein).
  • Suitable active agents or ingredients which can be combined with the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, can include one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-
  • ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034, SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of 81626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof;
  • compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • the active agent used in combination with the compound of the present invention can be any agent having a therapeutic effect when used in combination with the compound of the present invention.
  • the active agent used in combination with the compound of the present invention can be interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of:
  • interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-
  • ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof;
  • the present application provides a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof;
  • a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of
  • any compound of the invention with one or more other active agents in a unitary dosage form for simultaneous or sequential administration to a patient.
  • the combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous or sequential regimen.
  • the combination When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more administrations.
  • Co-administration of a compound of the invention with one or more other active agents generally refers to simultaneous or sequential administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other active agents, such that therapeutically effective amounts of the compound of the invention and one or more other active agents are both present in the body of the patient.
  • Co-administration includes administration of unit dosages of the compounds of the invention before or after administration of unit dosages of one or more other active agents, for example, administration of the compounds of the invention within seconds, minutes, or hours of the administration of one or more other active agents.
  • a unit dose of a compound of the invention can be administered first, followed within seconds or minutes by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active agents.
  • a unit dose of one or more other active agents can be administered first, followed by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the invention within seconds or minutes.
  • a unit dose of a compound of the invention may be desirable to administer a unit dose of a compound of the invention first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active agents. In other cases, it may be desirable to administer a unit dose of one or more other active agents first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the invention.
  • the combination therapy may provide “synergy” and “synergistic effect”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately.
  • a synergistic effect may be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen.
  • a synergistic effect may be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g., in separate tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes.
  • an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially
  • effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • the present application provides for methods of treating a viral infection in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • the present application provides for methods of treating a viral infection in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent.
  • the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent which inhibits HCV polymerase.
  • the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs
  • the present application provides for the use of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for treating a viral infection, e.g., an HBV/HCV infection.
  • a viral infection e.g., an HBV/HCV infection.
  • the present application provides a method for treating or preventing a viral infection comprising co-administering, to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of:
  • interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-
  • ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof;
  • the present application provides a method for modulating toll-like receptor 7, comprising contacting a cell having a toll-like receptor 7 with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • modulating refers to contacting the toll-like receptor 7 with a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, III, or IV which is e.g., an agonist or partial agonist of toll-like receptor 7.
  • the present application provides a method for inducing interferon (or IFN-a) production in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • Examples B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, and N were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A except that pyrrolidine was replaced with the appropriate amine for each of these examples.
  • Example A 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-ol (Example A) (31 mg, 0.078 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL). Anhydrous potassium carbonate (50 mg) was added followed by p-methoxybenzyl chloride (13.7 ⁇ L, 0.101 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 and evaporated under vacuum.
  • Example A 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-01 (Example A) (60 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Ethylchloroformate (0.04 mL, 0.42 mmol) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes, the reaction was quenched with water and concentrated under vacuum.
  • Examples R, S, T, U, and V were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example Q except that ethyl chloroformate was replaced with isopropyl chloroformate and the appropriate starting material was utilized for each of these examples.
  • 2-chloroadenine (1.53 g, 9.03 mmol) was divided among three microwave vials (10-20 mL), each containing 1-butanol (10 mL) and t-BuOK (5 mL, 1M in THF). Each vial was heated to 170° C. for 40 minutes. The three reaction mixtures were combined, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the product was purified on flash column eluting 10% methanol in ethylacetate. Evaporation of solvent gave 1.33 g (70%) of 2-butoxy-9H-purin-6-amine (6) as an off white solid.
  • Example W was prepared from Compound 6 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A.
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.100 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) and then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.012 mL, 0.154 mmol) was added sequentially. After stirring for 1 hour at 0° C., the reaction mixture was quenched with water (1 mL) and evaporated to dryness. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example X (23 mg).
  • Example A (30 mg, 0.075 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) and then ethyl isocyanate (0.05 mL) was added. After stirring at ambient temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example Y (23 mg) as a white solid as the HCl salt.
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Ethylchloroformate (0.021 mL, 0.22 mmol) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes, the reaction was quenched with water and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example Z (17 mg) as a white solid.
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and then ethyl isocyanate (0.05 mL). After stirring at ambient temperature for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example AA (4 mg) and Example AB (6.5 mg) as white solids.
  • the crude product (11) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and acetic acid (0.5 mL). Pyrrolidine (0.1 mL) was added followed by sodium triacetoxy borohydride (100 mg). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in aqueous HCl/acetonitrile and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) which gave Example AC (9 mg) as the HCl salt as a colorless glass.
  • Example AD was prepared from Compound 13 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that Compound 10 was replaced with Compound 13.
  • Examples AE, AF, AG and AH were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AD except that the appropriate iodide was used during the 7-N alkylation step to make the corresponding compounds.
  • Example AI was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 12, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC.
  • the spectral data of the intermediates and Example AC are shown below.
  • Example AJ was prepared using the procedures shown in scheme 13, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC.
  • the spectral data of the intermediates and Example AJ are listed below.
  • Example AK and Example AL were prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 14, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC.
  • the bromide (23) used in the first step was made by treating the corresponding benzenemethyl compound with NBS in acetonitrile at room temperature or at 40° C.
  • the spectral data of intermediates and Example AK and Example AL are listed below.
  • Example AM was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 15, and similar to the procedures used to prepare Example AC.
  • the spectral data of the intermediates and Example AM are listed below.
  • Example AN was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 16, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC.
  • the spectral data of intermediates and Example AN are listed below.
  • Example AO was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AM (Scheme 15), except that in the first step, 1-bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane was used to alkylate Compound 1. The product obtained from the first step was then taken through the remaining steps described in Scheme 15 to give Example AO.
  • 1-Bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane was synthesized using a two-step procedure by first reducing 3-acetylbenzonitrile to 1-(3-cyanophenyl)-ethanol, followed by conversion to 1-bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane.
  • Examples AP, AQ, AR, and AS were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AN (Scheme 16) by using an appropriate bromide in the first alkylation step.
  • Na(CN) 3 BH was used instead of Na(OAc) 3 BH during the reductive amination.
  • the structure and spectral data of these compounds are listed below.
  • Examples AT, AU, AV, and AW were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example W except that NMP was used as the solvent and different alcohols were used instead of butanol.
  • the first step was conducted at 200° C.
  • Example AX was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC, except Compound 1 was replaced with Compound 6.
  • Examples AY, AZ and BA were prepared using the procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that pyrrolidine was replaced with an appropriate amine.
  • pyrrolidine was replaced with cyclohexylmethanamine in Example AZ.
  • Examples BB and BC were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example W, except that the appropriate amine was used for the different compounds.
  • Examples BE and BF were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BD, except that the appropriate amine was used for different examples and that the reductive amination step to make example BF was conducted at 80° C.
  • Example BG was prepared from Compound 34 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AI.
  • Example BH was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that 3,3,3-trifluoropropan-1-ol was used in the first step and that the mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 94° C. for 2.5 h.
  • Example BJ was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that tetrahydrofuran-3-ol was used in the first step and the reaction mixture was reacted at 94° C. for 2 hrs.
  • Example BK was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methanol was used in the first step and that the reaction mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 94° C. for 2 hrs.
  • Example BL was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropanol was used in the first step and that the reaction mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 95° C. for 9 hrs.
  • Example BM was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that cyclopentanol was used in the first step.
  • Example BN was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that Compound 2 was reacted directly with 1-methylpiperazine (i.e., bromination of the 8-position of the puring ring was not carried out).
  • Example BO was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that Compound 2 was reacted directly with pyrrolidine (and bromination of the 8-position of the puring ring was not carried out).
  • Examples BP, BQ, BR, BS, and BT were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A except that pyrrolidine was replaced with the appropriate amine for each of these examples.
  • Examples BU and BV were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that bis(cyclopropylmethyl) amine or cyclopropylmethanamine was used instead of pyrrolidine.
  • Example BW was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile is used to alkylate Compound 1 instead of 3-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile, and subsequently, the corresponding analog of Compound 8 was hydrolyzed to 4-((6-amino-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile without reaction with ethyl iodide, and the corresponding 4-((6-amino-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzaldehyde was the reacted with pyrrolidine.
  • HEK293 cells stably transfected with the human TLR7 gene and a pNiFtyTM NF- ⁇ B inducible luciferase reporter plasmid were obtained from Invivogen (San Diego, Calif.).
  • DMEM/F12 medium, fetal bovine serum (FBS), Penicillin-Streptomycin (Pen-Strep), Blasticidin and Zeocine were from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.).
  • the HEK293/TLR7/Luciferase cell line was constructed by transfecting stably the HEK293/TLR7 cells with the pNiFty plasmid. Cells were grown in the DMEM/F12 medium with 10% heat-inactivated FBS, supplemented with 1 ⁇ Pen-Strep, 10 ⁇ g/mL Blasticidin and 5 ⁇ g/mL Zeocin.
  • EC50 and Emax values of TLR7 agonists in the reporter assay 20 ⁇ L of 2 ⁇ test concentration of serial diluted compound in cell culture medium was added to each well of a white, clear-bottomed 384-well cell culture plate from Corning (Corning, N.Y.). To this plate, 20 ⁇ L of cell culture medium containing 12,000 HEK293/TLR7/Luciferase cells was dispensed to each well. The plate was then placed in incubator (37° C. and 5% CO 2 ) and incubated for 2 days. After the incubation, 40 ⁇ L of the pre-mixed lysis buffer/luciferase substrate solution was dispensed into each well.
  • the lysis buffer (5 ⁇ ) and luciferase substrate was obtained from Promega (Madison, Wis.) and they were mixed at 2:3 (v/v) ratio immediately prior to use. After 10 minutes of incubation at room temperature, the luminescence signal was measured using a VictorLight plate reader (Perkin Elmer, Wellesley, Mass.) with an integration time of 0.1 seconds per sample.
  • E max The maximum signal for each test compound was normalized with the maximum signal for the positive control, Resiquimod, on each plate.
  • concentration of a compound that corresponds to 50% of the maximum signal is defined as the EC 50 .
  • the compounds of the present invention have HCV EC50 values ( ⁇ M) in the range of about 0.01 to about 1000, or about 0.1 to about 500, or about 0.1 to about 300, or about 0.1 to about 200, or about 0.1 to about 100, or about 0.1 to about 50, or less than about 500, or less than about 400, or less than about 300, or less than about 200, or less than about 100, or less than about 50, or less than about 20, or less than about 10.
  • Assays were conducted to determine cytokine stimulation at 24 hours from human Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell (PMBC) using the compounds of the present invention. The assays were run in duplicate, with 8-point, half-log dilution curves. The compounds of the present invention were diluted from 10 ⁇ M DMSO solution. Cell supernatants are assayed directly for IFN ⁇ and 1:10 dilution for TNF ⁇ . The assays were performed in a similar fashion as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 16, 4559, (2006). Specifically, cryo-preserved PBMCs were thawed and seeded 96 well plates with 750,000 cells/well in 190 ⁇ L/well cell media.
  • PMBC Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell
  • the PBMCs were then incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. at 5% CO 2 .
  • the compounds of the present invention were added in 10 ⁇ L cell media at 8 point, half-log dilution titration.
  • the plates were incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 for 24 hours and then spinned at 1200 rpm for 10 min, which was followed by collecting supernatant and storing the same at ⁇ 80° C.
  • Cytokine secretion was assayed with Luminex and Upstate multi-plex kits, using a Luminex analysis instrument.
  • IFN ECmax value for a compound was the concentration at which the compound stimulated maximum IFN ⁇ production as determined using the assay method above.
  • the compounds of the present invention have IFN ECmax values (nM) in the range of about 0.1 to about 10,000, or about 0.1 to about 1,000, or about 0.1 to about 300, or about 0.1 to about 100, or about 0.1 to about 10, or about 0.1 to about 5, or about 0.1 to about 1, or less than about 5000, or less than about 3000, or less than about 1000, or less than about 500, or less than about 400, or less than about 300, or less than about 200, or less than about 100, or less than about 50, or less than about 20, or less than about 10, or less than about 5, or less than about 1.
  • Examples A, C, D, F, J, N, R, W, Y, AI, AJ, AQ, AS, AU, AV, AW, AZ, BE, BG, BH, and BM have IFN ECmax values (nM) of less than about 5.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention includes therapeutic methods that include the administration of a compound of Formula I or II:
Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, to a subject in need of such, and therapeutic methods that include the administration of such compounds with at least one additional active agent.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION
  • This is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 13/153,340, filed Jun. 3, 2011, which claims the benefit of U.S. Ser. No. 12/215,598, filed Jun. 26, 2008, which claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/937,726, filed Jun. 29, 2007, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/959,714, filed Jul. 16, 2007, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • This application relates generally to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions which selectively activates toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7), and methods of making and using them.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The innate immune system provides the body with a first line defense against invading pathogens. In an innate immune response, an invading pathogen is recognized by a germline-encoded receptor, the activation of which initiates a signaling cascade that leads to the induction of cytokine expression. Innate immune system receptors have broad specificity, recognizing molecular structures that are highly conserved among different pathogens. One family of these receptors is known as Toll-like receptors (TLRs), due to their homology with receptors that were first identified and named in Drosophila, and are present in cells such as macrophages, dendritic cells, and epithelial cells.
  • There are at least ten different TLRs in mammals. Ligands and corresponding signaling cascades have been identified for some of these receptors. For example, TLR2 is activated by the lipoprotein of bacteria (e.g., E. coli.), TLR3 is activated by double-stranded RNA, TLR4 is activated by lipopolysaccharide (i.e., LPS or endotoxin) of Gram-negative bacteria (e.g., Salmonella and E. coli O157:H7), TLR5 is activated by flagellin of motile bacteria (e.g., Listeria), TLR7 recognizes and responds to imiquimod and TLR9 is activated by unmethylated CpG sequences of pathogen DNA. The stimulation of each of these receptors leads to activation of the transcription factor NF-κB, and other signaling molecules that are involved in regulating the expression of cytokine genes, including those encoding tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-α), interleukin-1 (IL-1), and certain chemokines.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention is based, in part, on the discovery by the applicants that a number of small molecules can alter TLR-mediated immunostimulatory signaling. Accordingly, the present application is directed to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, and methods for use in preventing or treating diseases or conditions associated with Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) activity in patients. In one embodiment, the invention comprises a compound of formula I or II:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00002
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
      • X1 is —NH—, —O—, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, carbocyclylene, substituted carbocyclylene, heterocyclylene, or substituted heterocyclylene;
      • D is carbocyclylene or heterocyclylene;
      • each L′ is independently alkylene or substituted alkylene;
      • each R1 is independently —NR4R5;
      • m is 1 or 2;
      • L2 is a covalent bond, —NH—, —O—, or —S—;
      • R2 is H, halo, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
      • —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2R7, —S(O)R7, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
        • n is an integer from 0 to 5; and
      • with the following proviso:
      • (a) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not: (1) a 4-substituted or 4,4-disubstituted piperidine or piperazine (2) —NHCH3;
      • (b) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-piperidinylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then neither R4 nor R5 are substituted alkyl, substituted heterocycyl, or substituted benzyl; and
      • (c) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 2,5-pyridylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not pyrrolyl, piperazyl, or N(CH3)2.
  • In another embodiment, Formula I can be represented by Formula Ia:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00003
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
      • R1 is —NR4R5;
      • R2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl, a protecting group, or a prodrug moiety;
      • R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
      • n is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • In another embodiment, Formula II can be represented by Formula IIa:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00004
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
      • R1 is —NR4R5;
      • R2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR2R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl, a protecting group, or a prodrug moiety;
      • R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
      • n is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • In another embodiment, the present application provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • In another embodiment, the present application provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof; at least one additional active agent; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • In another embodiment, the present application provides for a method for treating or preventing a viral infection comprising administering, to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the present application provides for a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof; and
  • b) a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Reference will now be made in detail to certain claims of the invention, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying structures and formulas. While the invention will be described in conjunction with the enumerated claims, it will be understood that they are not intended to limit the invention to those claims. On the contrary, the invention is intended to cover all alternatives, modifications, and equivalents, which may be included within the scope of the present invention as defined by the claims.
  • All documents referenced herein are each incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
  • DEFINITIONS
  • Unless stated otherwise, the following terms and phrases as used herein are intended to have the following meanings:
  • When trade names are used herein, applicants intend to independently include the tradename product and the active pharmaceutical ingredient(s) of the tradename product.
  • As used herein, “a compound of the invention” or “a compound of formula I or II” means a compound of formula I or II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, ester or physiologically functional derivative thereof. Compounds of the invention also include tautomeric forms thereof, e.g., tautomeric “enols” as described herein. Similarly, with respect to isolatable intermediates such as for example, compounds of formula (2), the phrase “a compound of formula (number)” means a compound of that formula and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates and physiologically functional derivatives thereof.
  • “Alkyl” is hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms. For example, an alkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e, C1-C20 alkyl), 1 to 10 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C10 alkyl), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 alkyl). Examples of suitable alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (Me, —CH3), ethyl (Et, —CH2CH3), 1-propyl (n-Pr, n-propyl, —CH2CH2CH3), 2-propyl (i-Pr, i-propyl, —CH(CH3)2), 1-butyl (n-Bu, n-butyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-methyl-1-propyl (i-Bu, i-butyl, —CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-butyl (s-Bu, s-butyl, —CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-2-propyl (t-Bu, t-butyl, —C(CH3)3), 1-pentyl (n-pentyl, —CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (—CH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butyl (—C(CH3)2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-1-butyl (—CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-1-butyl (—CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 1-hexyl (—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (—CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (—C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (—C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (—CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2), 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH3)C(CH3)3, and octyl (—(CH2)7CH3).
  • “Alkoxy” means a group having the formula —O-alkyl, in which an alkyl group, as defined above, is attached to the parent molecule via an oxygen atom. The alkyl portion of an alkoxy group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C20 alkoxy), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C12 alkoxy), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 alkoxy). Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy (—O—CH3 or —OMe), ethoxy (—OCH2CH3 or —OEt), t-butoxy (—O—C(CH3)3 or —OtBu) and the like.
  • “Haloalkyl” is an alkyl group, as defined above, in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group is replaced with a halogen atom. The alkyl portion of a haloalkyl group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C20 haloalkyl), 1 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C12 haloalkyl), or 1 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C6 alkyl). Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, —CF3, —CHF2, —CFH2, —CH2CF3, and the like.
  • “Alkenyl” is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp2 double bond. For example, an alkenyl group can have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C20 alkenyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkenyl), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C6 alkenyl). Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethylene, vinyl (—CH═CH2), allyl (—CH2CH═CH2), cyclopentenyl (—C5H7), and 5-hexenyl (—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH═CH2).
  • “Alkynyl” is a hydrocarbon containing normal, secondary, tertiary or cyclic carbon atoms with at least one site of unsaturation, i.e. a carbon-carbon, sp triple bond. For example, an alkynyl group can have 2 to 20 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C20 alkynyl), 2 to 12 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C12 alkyne,), or 2 to 6 carbon atoms (i.e., C2-C6 alkynyl). Examples of suitable alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetylenic (—C≡CH), propargyl (—CH2C≡CH), and the like.
  • “Alkylene” refers to a saturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkane. For example, an alkylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Typical alkylene radicals include, but are not limited to, methylene (—CH2—), 1,1-ethyl (—CH(CH3)—), 1,2-ethyl (—CH2CH2—), 1,1-propyl (—CH(CH2CH3)—), 1,2-propyl (—CH2CH(CH3)—), 1,3-propyl (—CH2CH2CH2—), 1,4-butyl (—CH2CH2CH2CH2—), and the like.
  • “Alkenylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkene. For example, and alkenylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Typical alkenylene radicals include, but are not limited to, 1,2-ethylene (—CH═CH—).
  • “Alkynylene” refers to an unsaturated, branched or straight chain or cyclic hydrocarbon radical having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent alkyne. For example, an alkynylene group can have 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Typical alkynylene radicals include, but are not limited to, acetylene (—C≡C—), propargyl (—CH2C≡C—), and 4-pentynyl (—CH2CH2CH2C≡CH—).
  • “Aminoalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an amino radical.
  • “Amidoalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a —NRaCORb group where Ra is hydrogen or alkyl and Rb is alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, or substituted aryl as defined herein, e.g., —(CH2)2—NHC(O)CH3, —(CH2)3—NH—C(O)—CH3, and the like.
  • “Aryl” means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon radical derived by the removal of one hydrogen atom from a single carbon atom of a parent aromatic ring system. For example, an awl group can have 6 to 20 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Typical aryl groups include, but are not limited to, radicals derived from benzene (e.g., phenyl), substituted benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, biphenyl, and the like.
  • “Arylene” refers to an aryl as defined above having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent aryl. Typical arylene radicals include, but are not limited to, phenylene.
  • “Arylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. Typical arylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl, 2-phenylethan-1-yl, naphthylmethyl, 2-naphthylethan-1-yl, naphthobenzyl, 2-naphthophenylethan-1-yl and the like. The arylalkyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • “Arylalkenyl” refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, but also an sp2 carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. The aryl portion of the arylalkenyl can include, for example, any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkenyl portion of the arylalkenyl can include, for example, any of the alkenyl groups disclosed herein. The arylalkenyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkenyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • “Arylalkynyl” refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or spa carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with an aryl radical. The aryl portion of the arylalkynyl can include, for example, any of the aryl groups disclosed herein, and the alkynyl portion of the arylalkynyl can include, for example, any of the alkynyl groups disclosed herein. The arylalkynyl group can comprise 6 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkynyl moiety is 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the aryl moiety is 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • The term “substituted” in reference to alkyl, alkylene, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, etc., for example, “substituted alkyl”, “substituted alkylene”, “substituted aryl”, “substituted arylalkyl”, “substituted heterocyclyl”, and “substituted carbocyclyl” means alkyl, alkylene, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, carbocyclyl respectively, in which one or more hydrogen atoms are each independently replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent. Typical substituents include, but are not limited to, —X, —R, —O, ═O, —OR, —SR, —S, —NR2, —N+R3, ═NR, —CX3, —CN, —OCN, —SCN, —N═C═O, —NCS, —NO, —NO2, ═N2, —N3, —NHC(═O)R, —C(═O)NRR—S(═O)2O, —S(═O)2OH, —S(═O)2R, —OS(═O)2OR, —S(═O)2NR, —S(═O)R, —OP(═O)(OR)2, —P(═O)(OR)2, —P(═O)(O)2, —P(═O)(OH)2, —P(O)(OR)(O), —C(═O)R, —C(S)R, —C(O)OR, —C(O)O, —C(S)OR, —C(O)SR, —C(S)SR, —C(O)NRR, —C(S)NRR, —C(═NR)NRR, where each X is independently a halogen: F, Cl, Br, or I; and each R is independently H, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, a heterocycle, or a protecting group or prodrug moiety. Alkylene, alkynylene, and alkynylene groups may also be similarly substituted.
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize that when moieties such as “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are substituted with one or more substituents, they could alternatively be referred to as “alkylene”, “arylene”, “heterocyclylene”, etc. moieties (i.e., indicating that at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the parent “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl” moieties has been replaced with the indicated substituent(s)). When moieties such as “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are referred to herein as “substituted” or are shown diagrammatically to be substituted (or optionally substituted, e.g., when the number of substituents ranges from zero to a positive integer), then the terms “alkyl”, “aryl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are understood to be interchangeable with “alkylene”, “arylene”, “heterocyclylene”, etc.
  • The term “prodrug” as used herein refers to any compound that when administered to a biological system generates the drug substance, i.e., active ingredient, as a result of spontaneous chemical reaction(s), enzyme catalyzed chemical reaction(s), photolysis, and/or metabolic chemical reaction(s). A prodrug is thus a covalently modified analog or latent form of a therapeutically active compound.
  • One skilled in the art will recognize that substituents and other moieties of the compounds of Formula I or II should be selected in order to provide a compound which is sufficiently stable to provide a pharmaceutically useful compound which can be formulated into an acceptably stable pharmaceutical composition. Compounds of Formula I or II which have such stability are contemplated as falling within the scope of the present invention.
  • “Heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group where one or more carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom, such as, O, N, or S. For example, if the carbon atom of the alkyl group which is attached to the parent molecule is replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) the resulting heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkoxy group (e.g., —OCH3, etc.), an amine (e.g., —NHCH3, —N(CHL)2, etc.), or a thioalkyl group (e.g., —SCH3). If a non-terminal carbon atom of the alkyl group which is not attached to the parent molecule is replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S) and the resulting heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, an alkyl ether (e.g., —CH2CH2—O—CH3, etc.), an alkyl amine (e.g., —CH2NHCH3, —CH2N(CH3)2, etc.), or a thioalkyl ether (e.g., —CH2—S—CHL). If a terminal carbon atom of the alkyl group is replaced with a heteroatom (e.g., O, N, or S), the resulting heteroalkyl groups are, respectively, a hydroxyalkyl group (e.g., —CH2CH2—OH), an aminoalkyl group (e.g., —CH2NH2), or an alkyl thiol group (e.g., —CH2CH2—SH). A heteroalkyl group can have, for example, 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A C1-C6 heteroalkyl group means a heteroalkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • “Heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” as used herein includes by way of example and not limitation those heterocycles described in Paquette, Leo A.; Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry (W.A. Benjamin, New York, 1968), particularly Chapters 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9; The Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, A Series of Monographs” (John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1950 to present), in particular Volumes 13, 14, 16, 19, and 28; and J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1960) 82:5566. In one specific embodiment of the invention “heterocycle” includes a “carbocycle” as defined herein, wherein one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, or 4) carbon atoms have been replaced with a heteroatom (e.g. O, N, or S). The terms “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” includes saturated rings, partially unsaturated rings, and aromatic rings (i.e., heteroaromatic rings). Substituted heterocyclyls include, for example, heterocyclic rings substituted with any of the substituents disclosed herein including carbonyl groups. A non-limiting example of a carbonyl substituted heterocyclyl is:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00005
  • Examples of heterocycles include by way of example and not limitation pyridyl, dihydroypyridyl, tetrahydropyridyl (piperidyl), thiazolyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, sulfur oxidized tetrahydrothiophenyl, pyrimidinyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, tetrazolyl, benzofuranyl, thianaphthalenyl, indolyl, indolenyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, piperidinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, octahydroisoquinolinyl, azocinyl, triazinyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl, thienyl, thianthrenyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, phenoxathinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-indazoly, purinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, furazanyl, phenoxazinyl, isochromanyl, chromanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperazinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, quinuclidinyl, morpholinyl, oxazolidinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxindolyl, benzoxazolinyl, isatinoyl, and bis-tetrahydrofuranyl:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00006
  • By way of example and not limitation, carbon bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridine, position 3, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyridazine, position 2, 4, 5, or 6 of a pyrimidine, position 2, 3, 5, or 6 of a pyrazine, position 2, 3, 4, or 5 of a furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiofuran, thiophene, pyrrole or tetrahydropyrrole, position 2, 4, or 5 of an oxazole, imidazole or thiazole, position 3, 4, or 5 of an isoxazole, pyrazole, or isothiazole, position 2 or 3 of an aziridine, position 2, 3, or 4 of an azetidine, position 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of a quinoline or position 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 of an isoquinoline. Still more typically, carbon bonded heterocycles include 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 5-pyridyl, 6-pyridyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 4-pyridazinyl, 5-pyridazinyl, 6-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 6-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyrazinyl, 5-pyrazinyl, 6-pyrazinyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, or 5-thiazolyl.
  • By way of example and not limitation, nitrogen bonded heterocycles are bonded at position 1 of an aziridine, azetidine, pyrrole, pyrrolidine, 2-pyrroline, 3-pyrroline, imidazole, imidazolidine, 2-imidazoline, 3-imidazoline, pyrazole, pyrazoline, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indole, indoline, 1H-indazole, position 2 of a isoindole, or isoindoline, position 4 of a morpholine, and position 9 of a carbazole, or β-carboline. Still more typically, nitrogen bonded heterocycles include 1-aziridyl, 1-azetedyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, and 1-piperidinyl.
  • “Heterocyclylene” refers to a heterocyclyl, as defined herein, derived by replacing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom or heteroatom of a heterocyclyl, with an open valence. Similarly, “heteroarylene” refers to an aromatic heterocyclylene.
  • “Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an acyclic alkyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkylene-moiety). Typical heterocyclyl alkyl groups include, but are not limited to heterocyclyl-CH2—, 2-(heterocyclyl)ethan-1-yl, and the like, wherein the “heterocyclyl” portion includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described above, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry. One skilled in the art will also understand that the heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkyl portion of the arylalkyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of heterocyclylalkyls include by way of example and not limitation 5-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles such as thiazolylmethyl, 2-thiazolylethan-1-yl, imidazolylmethyl, oxazolylmethyl, thiadiazolylmethyl, etc., 6-membered sulfur, oxygen, and/or nitrogen containing heterocycles such as piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridizylmethyl, pyrimidylmethyl, pyrazinylmethyl, etc.
  • “Heterocyclylalkenyl” refers to an acyclic alkenyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or sp3 carbon atom, but also a sp2 carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkenylene-moiety). The heterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry, and the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group includes any of the alkenyl groups disclosed herein. One skilled in the art will also understand that the heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkenyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkenyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkenyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • “Heterocyclylalkynyl” refers to an acyclic alkynyl radical in which one of the hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom, typically a terminal or spa carbon atom, but also an sp carbon atom, is replaced with a heterocyclyl radical (i.e., a heterocyclyl-alkynylene-moiety). The heterocyclyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any of the heterocyclyl groups described herein, including those described in Principles of Modern Heterocyclic Chemistry, and the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group includes any of the alkynyl groups disclosed herein. One skilled in the art will also understand that the heterocyclyl group can be attached to the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl by means of a carbon-carbon bond or a carbon-heteroatom bond, with the proviso that the resulting group is chemically stable. The heterocyclyl alkynyl group comprises 2 to 20 carbon atoms, e.g., the alkynyl portion of the heterocyclyl alkynyl group comprises 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the heterocyclyl moiety comprises 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • “Heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent aromatic heterocyclyl having at least one heteroatom in the ring. Non-limiting examples of suitable heteroatoms which can be included in the aromatic ring include oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl rings include all of those listed in the definition of “heterocyclyl”, including pyridinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, purinyl, furanyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, pyridazyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazyl, etc.
  • “Carbocycle” or “carbocyclyl” refers to a saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic ring having 3 to 7 carbon atoms as a monocycle, 7 to 12 carbon atoms as a bicycle, and up to about 20 carbon atoms as a polycycle. Monocyclic carbocycles have 3 to 6 ring atoms, still more typically 5 or 6 ring atoms. Bicyclic carbocycles have 7 to 12 ring atoms, e.g., arranged as a bicyclo (4,5), (5,5), (5,6) or (6,6) system, or 9 or 10 ring atoms arranged as a bicyclo (5,6) or (6,6) system. Examples of monocyclic carbocycles include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, 1-cyclopent-1-enyl, 1-cyclopent-2-enyl, 1-cyclopent-3-enyl, cyclohexyl, 1-cyclohex-1-enyl, 1-cyclohex-2-enyl, 1-cyclohex-3-enyl, phenyl, etc.
  • “Carbocyclylene” refers to a carbocyclyl or carbocycle as defined above having two monovalent radical centers derived by the removal of two hydrogen atoms from the same or two different carbon atoms of a parent carbocyclyl. Typical carbocyclylene radicals include, but are not limited to, phenylene.
  • “Arylheteroalkyl” refers to a heteroalkyl as defined herein, in which a hydrogen atom (which may be attached either to a carbon atom or a heteroatom) has been replaced with an aryl group as defined herein. The aryl groups may be bonded to a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl group, or to a heteroatom of the heteroalkyl group, provided that the resulting arylheteroalkyl group provides a chemically stable moiety. For example, an arylheteroalkyl group can have the general formulae -alkylene-O-aryl, -alkylene-O-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-NH-aryl, -alkylene-NH-alkylene-aryl, -alkylene-S-aryl, -alkylene-S-alkylene-aryl, etc. In addition, any of the alkylene moieties in the general formulae above can be further substituted with any of the substituents defined or exemplified herein.
  • “Heteroarylalkyl” refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, in which a hydrogen atom has been replaced with a heteroaryl group as defined herein. Non-limiting examples of heteroaryl alkyl include —CH2-pyridinyl, —CH2-pyrrolyl, —CH2-oxazolyl, —CH2-indolyl, —CH2-isoindolyl, —CH2-purinyl, —CH2-furanyl, —CH2-thienyl, —CH2-benzofuranyl, —CH2-benzothiophenyl, —CH2-carbazolyl, —CH2-imidazolyl, —CH2-thiazolyl, —CH2-isoxazolyl, —CH2-pyrazolyl, —CH2-isothiazolyl, —CH2-quinolyl, —CH2-isoquinolyl, —CH2-pyridazyl, —CH2-pyrimidyl, —CH2-pyrazyl, —CH(CH3)-pyridinyl, —CH(CH3)-pyrrolyl, —CH(CH3)-oxazolyl, —CH(CH3)-indolyl, —CH(CH3)-isoindolyl, —CH(CH3)-purinyl, —CH(CH3)-furanyl, —CH(CH3)-thienyl, —CH(CH3)-benzofuranyl, —CH(CH3)-benzothiophenyl, —CH(CH3)-carbazolyl, —CH(CH3)-imidazolyl, —CH(CH3)—thiazolyl, —CH(CH3)-isoxazolyl, —CH(CH3)-pyrazolyl, —CH(CH3)-isothiazolyl, —CH(CH3)-quinolyl, —CH(CH3)-isoquinolyl, —CH(CH3)-pyridazyl, —CH(CH3)—pyrimidyl, —CH(CH3)-pyrazyl, etc.
  • The term “optionally substituted” in reference to a particular moiety of the compound of Formula I (e.g., an optionally substituted aryl group) refers to a moiety having 0, 1, 2, or more substituents.
  • “Ester thereof” means any ester of a compound in which any of the —COOH functions of the molecule is replaced by a —C(O)OR function, or in which any of the —OH functions of the molecule are replaced with a —OC(O)R function, in which the R moiety of the ester is any carbon-containing group which forms a stable ester moiety, including but not limited to alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl and substituted derivatives thereof. Esters can also include esters—as described above—of “tautomeric enols”, e.g. as shown below:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00007
  • The term “ester thereof” includes but is not limited to pharmaceutically acceptable esters thereof.
  • The term “chiral” refers to molecules which have the property of non-superimposability of the mirror image partner, while the term “achiral” refers to molecules which are superimposable on their mirror image partner.
  • The term “stereoisomers” refers to compounds which have identical chemical constitution, but differ with regard to the arrangement of the atoms or groups in space.
  • “Diastereomer” refers to a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g., melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities. Mixtures of diastereomers may separate under high resolution analytical procedures such as electrophoresis and chromatography.
  • “Enantiomers” refer to two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow S. P. Parker, Ed., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book
  • Company, New York; and Eliel, E. and Wilen, S., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds (1994) John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L or R and S are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or l meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer may also be referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The terms “racemic mixture” and “racemate” refer to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
  • Protecting Groups
  • In the context of the present invention, protecting groups include prodrug moieties and chemical protecting groups.
  • Protecting groups are available, commonly known and used, and are optionally used to prevent side reactions with the protected group during synthetic procedures, i.e. routes or methods to prepare the compounds of the invention. For the most part the decision as to which groups to protect, when to do so, and the nature of the chemical protecting group “PG” will be dependent upon the chemistry of the reaction to be protected against (e.g., acidic, basic, oxidative, reductive or other conditions) and the intended direction of the synthesis. The PG groups do not need to be, and generally are not, the same if the compound is substituted with multiple PG. In general, PG will be used to protect functional groups such as carboxyl, hydroxyl, thio, or amino groups and to thus prevent side reactions or to otherwise facilitate the synthetic efficiency. The order of deprotection to yield free, deprotected groups is dependent upon the intended direction of the synthesis and the reaction conditions to be encountered, and may occur in any order as determined by the artisan.
  • Various functional groups of the compounds of the invention may be protected. For example, protecting groups for —OH groups (whether hydroxyl, carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, or other functions) include “ether- or ester-forming groups”. Ether- or ester-forming groups are capable of functioning as chemical protecting groups in the synthetic schemes set forth herein. However, some hydroxyl and thio protecting groups are neither ether- nor ester-forming groups, as will be understood by those skilled in the art, and are included with amides, discussed below.
  • A very large number of hydroxyl protecting groups and amide-forming groups and corresponding chemical cleavage reactions are described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Theodora W. Greene and Peter G. M. Wuts (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1999, ISBN 0-47146019-9) (“Greene”). See also Kocienski, Philip J.; Protecting Groups (Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1994), which is incorporated by reference in its entirety herein. In particular Chapter 1, Protecting Groups: An Overview, pages 1-20, Chapter 2, Hydroxyl Protecting Groups, pages 21-94, Chapter 3, Diol Protecting Groups, pages 95-117, Chapter 4, Carboxyl Protecting Groups, pages 118-154, Chapter 5, Carbonyl Protecting Groups, pages 155-184. For protecting groups for carboxylic acid, phosphonic acid, phosphonate, sulfonic acid and other protecting groups for acids see Greene as set forth below. Such groups include by way of example and not limitation, esters, amides, hydrazides, and the like.
  • Ether- and Ester-Forming Protecting Groups
  • Ester-forming groups include: (1) phosphonate ester-forming groups, such as phosphonamidate esters, phosphorothioate esters, phosphonate esters, and phosphon-bis-amidates; (2) carboxyl ester-forming groups, and (3) sulphur ester-forming groups, such as sulphonate, sulfate, and sulfinate.
  • Metabolites of the Compounds of the Invention
  • Also falling within the scope of this invention are the in vivo metabolic products of the compounds described herein. Such products may result for example from the oxidation, reduction, hydrolysis, amidation, esterification and the like of the administered compound, primarily due to enzymatic processes. Accordingly, the invention includes compounds produced by a process comprising contacting a compound of this invention with a mammal for a period of time sufficient to yield a metabolic product thereof. Such products typically are identified by preparing a radiolabelled (e.g., C14 or H3) compound of the invention, administering it parenterally in a detectable dose (e.g., greater than about 0.5 mg/kg) to an animal such as rat, mouse, guinea pig, monkey, or to man, allowing sufficient time for metabolism to occur (typically about 30 seconds to 30 hours) and isolating its conversion products from the urine, blood or other biological samples. These products are easily isolated since they are labeled (others are isolated by the use of antibodies capable of binding epitopes surviving in the metabolite). The metabolite structures are determined in conventional fashion, e.g., by MS or NMR analysis. In general, analysis of metabolites is done in the same way as conventional drug metabolism studies well-known to those skilled in the art. The conversion products, so long as they are not otherwise found in vivo, are useful in diagnostic assays for therapeutic dosing of the compounds of the invention even if they possess no anti-infective activity of their own.
  • Compounds of Formula I or II
  • In one embodiment, the present application provides compounds according to Formula I or II, as described herein.
  • In each of the embodiments herein, the following provisos apply when applicable:
      • (a) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not: (1) a 4-substituted or 4,4-disubstituted piperidine or piperazine (2) —NHCH3;
      • (b) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-piperidinylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then neither R4 nor R5 are substituted alkyl, substituted heterocycyl, or substituted benzyl; and
      • (c) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 2,5-pyridylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not pyrrolyl, piperazyl, or N(CH3)2.
  • The compounds of the present invention do not include any of the compounds disclosed in WO 07/034,817, WO 07/034,917, U.S. Patent Application Publication 2006/0052403, JP 2005/089334, or U.S. Pat. No. 6,329,381, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The definitions and substituents for various genus and subgenus of the present compounds are described and illustrated herein. It should be understood by one skilled in the art that any combination of the definitions and substituents described above should not result in an inoperable species or compound. “Inoperable species or compounds” means compound structures that violates relevant scientific principles (such as, for example, a carbon atom connecting to more than four covalent bonds) or compounds too unstable to permit isolation and formulation into pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms. For example, it is understood to one skilled in the art that the definition of L2 as a covalent bond only applies to Formula I, and not to Formula II.
  • Similarly, the skilled artisan will understand that when L2 is —NH—, —O—, or —S—, in Formula II, L2 defines a ═NH (imine), ═O (carbonyl), or ═S (thiocarbonyl) group.
  • In one embodiment of Formula I or H, X1 is alkylene or substituted alkylene; wherein the substituted alkylene comprises an alkylene substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, and combinations thereof.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, m is 1.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, L1 is —CH2— or —CH2CH2—.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R1 is independently —NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R1 is independently —NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 8-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 8- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R1 is independently —NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R1 is independently —NR4R5; and R4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and R5 is aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R1 is independently —NR4R5; R4 is H or carbocyclylalkyl; and R5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, D is arylene or heteroarylene.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, L2 is —O—.
  • In one embodiment of Formula I, -L2-R2 is —OH.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, L2 is —O—; and R2 is —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R2 is —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OCH2CH3, —C(O)OCH(CHs)2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)NHCH2CH3, —C(O)NHCH(CH3)2.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, L2 is —O—; and R2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, L3 is —O—.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, -L3-R3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I or II, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3 or —OCH2CH2CH2CH3.
  • In another embodiment of Formula I, R4 and R5 are not each simultaneously H or alkyl.
  • In another embodiment of the present invention, Formula I is represented by Formula Ia:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00008
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
      • R1 is —NR4R5;
      • R2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl, a protecting group, or a prodrug moiety;
      • R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
      • n is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 8-membered monocyclic fully saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 8- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
      • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, the heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00009
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is NR4R5; R4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and R5 is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R4 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, or cyclopropylmethylenyl, R5 is phenyl, pyridinyl, —C(O)CH3, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)CH2CH3, or —C(O)OCH2CH3.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is NR4R5; R4 is H; and R5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is independently —NR4R5; R4 is H; and R5 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, or substituted carbocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is independently —NR4R5; R4 is H; and R5 is selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00010
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R2 is H.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R2 is —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R2 is —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)OCH2CH3, —C(O)OCH(CH3)2, —C(O)NHCH3, —C(O)NHCH2CH3, —C(O)NHCH(CH3)2.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, L3 is —O—.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —O-alkyl, —O-(substituted alkyl), —O-carbocyclyl, —O-heterocyclyl, —O-carbocyclylalkyl, —O-heterocyclylalkyl, or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl. In this embodiment, it is preferred that R2 is H. It is further preferred that R1 is NR4R5 and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00011
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CF2CF3, —OCH2CH(CH3)2, —OCH2CF3,
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00012
  • In this embodiment, it is preferred that R2 is H. It is further preferred that R1 is NR4R5 and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00013
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R1 is —NR4R5; R2 is H, —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8; L3 is —O—; R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl; and R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, R4 and R5 are not each simultaneously H or alkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —Oi-butyl, —Oc-butyl, —Oc-pentyl, —OCH2c-propyl, —OCH2c-butyl, —OCH2CH2c-propyl, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, —OCH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CF3, or (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy.
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, —Oi-butyl, —OCH2CH2c-propyl, or —OCH2c-propyl. In still another embodiment, -L3-R3 is as defined immediately previously, R2 is H, and R1 is NR4R5 and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00014
  • In another embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, or —OCH2c-propyl. In still another embodiment, -L3-R3 is as defined immediately previously, R2 is H, and R1 is NR4R5 and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00015
  • In a further embodiment -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2CH2CH3.
  • In one embodiment of the present invention, Formula II is represented by Formula IIa:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00016
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
      • R1 is —NR4R5;
      • R2 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl, a protecting group, or a prodrug moiety;
      • R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
      • n is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
  • In one embodiment of Formula IIa, R1 is NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R1 is NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S; or a 10- to 12-membered fused bicyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, the heterocycle is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00017
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R1 is NR4R5; R4 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl; and R5 is carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R2 is —C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R4 is H, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, cyclopropyl, or cyclopropylmethylenyl, R5 is phenyl, pyridinyl, —C(O)CH3, —C(O)OCH3, —C(O)CH2CH3, or —C(O)OCH2CH3.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R2 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, allyl, cyclopropyl, methylcyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethylene, benzyl, or methoxybezyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, L3 is —O—.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, -L3-R3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3 or —OCH2CH2CH2CH3.
  • In another embodiment of Formula IIa, R1 is —NR4R5; R2 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cyclylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkyl, cyclylalkylalkyl, substituted cyclylalkylalkyl, aryl, substituted aryl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; L3 is —O—; R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • In one embodiment of Formula I, L2 is a covalent bond, and R2 is hydrogen or halogen. That is, Formula I is represented by Formula Ib:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00018
  • wherein:
      • R1 is —NR4R5;
      • R2 is H or halo;
      • L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
      • R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
      • R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
      • R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
      • R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
      • R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl, a protecting group, or a prodrug moiety;
      • R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl; and
      • n is an integer from 0 to 4; and
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, R1 is NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S. In this embodiment, the heterocycle can be selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00019
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, -L3-R3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl. It is preferred that -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3 or —OCH2CH2CH2CH3.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ib, R1 is NR4R5; -L3-R3 is —O-alkyl or —O-alkylene-O-alkyl; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle; wherein the heterocycle is a 4- to 6-membered monocyclic fully saturated or partially unsaturated ring containing at least one hetero atom selected from N, O, and S.
  • In another embodiment of formula (I) or (II), the compound is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00020
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00021
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00022
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00023
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00024
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00025
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00026
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00027
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00028
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00029
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00030
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00031
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00032
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00033
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00034
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00035
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00036
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00037
  • or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and/or esters thereof.
  • In one embodiment, the present application provides compounds according to formula Ia:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00038
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, wherein:
      • -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —Oi-butyl, —Oc-butyl, —Oc-pentyl, —OCH2c-propyl, —OCH2c-butyl, —OCH2CH2c-propyl, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, —OCH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CF3, or (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methoxy;
      • R2 is H;
      • n is 0;
      • R1 is —NR4R5; and R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00039
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, —Oi-butyl, —OCH2CH2c-propyl, or —OCH2c-propyl.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2CH2CH3, —OCH2CH2OCH3, —OCH2CH2CF3, —OCH2CH2CH2CH2OH, or —OCH2c-propyl.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, -L3-R3 is —OCH2CH2CH2CH3.
  • In one embodiment of Formula Ia, R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached form a heterocycle selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00040
  • In still yet another embodiment, the compounds of Formula I and II are named below in tabular format (Table 5) as compounds of general Formula III:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00041
  • Compounds of general Formula III are depicted as four moieties T1, T2, T3 and T4 attached in the manner shown above. Tables A-D show, respectively, the structures of the T1, T2, T3 and T4 moieties, with the point(s) of attachment to neighboring moieties. Each moiety T1, T2, T3 and T4 in Tables A-D is represented by a “code” comprising letters and numbers. Each structure of a compound of Formula III can be designated in tabular form by combining the “code” representing each structural moiety using the following syntax: T1.T2.T3.T4. Thus, for example, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4A represents the following structure:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00042
  • wherein the terms “alkylene”, “arylene”, “alkyl”, “cycloalkylalkyl”, “heteroarylene”, “carboxcyclylene”, “carbocyclyl”, “heterocyclyl”, etc. are as defined herein.
  • TABLE 1
    T1 Structures
    Label T1 Structure
    T1A —O-alkyl
    T1B —O-alkylene-O-alkyl
    T1C —S-alkyl
    T1D —NH-alkyl (alkyl is substituted or unsubstituted)
    T1E alkyl
    T1F (cycloalkyl)alkyl-O—
    T1G Cycloalkyl-O—
  • TABLE 2
    T2 Structures
    Label T2 Structure
    T2A
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00043
    T2B
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00044
    T2C
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00045
    T2D
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00046
  • TABLE 3
    T3 Structures
    Label T3 Structure
    T3A -alkylene-arylene-alkylene-T4
    (substituted or unsubstituted)
    T3B -alkylene-carbocyclylene-alkylene-T4
    (substituted or unsubstituted)
    T3C -alkylene-heteroarylene-alkylene-T4
    (substituted or unsubstituted)
    T3D -alkylene-heterocyclene-alkylene-T4
    (substituted or unsubstituted)
  • TABLE 4
    T4 Structures
    Label T4 Structure
    T4A —N(alkyl)S(O)2-alkyl
    T4B —N(cycloalkylalkyl)C(O)O-alkyl
    T4C —N(cycloalkylalkyl)C(O)N(alkyl)2
    T4D —N(cycloalkylalkyl)2
    T4E —NH(cycloalkylalkyl)
    T4F —NH(carbocyclyl)
    T4G —NH(heterocyclyl)
    T4H Nitrogen containing heterocycle
    attached at nitrogen
  • TABLE 5
    List of Compound Structures of Formula III
    T1A.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1A.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1A.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1A.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1A.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1A.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1A.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1A.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1A.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1A.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1A.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1A.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1A.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1A.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1A.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1A.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1A.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1A.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1A.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1A.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1A.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1A.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1A.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1A.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1A.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1A.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1A.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1A.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1A.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1A.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1A.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1A.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1A.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1A.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1A.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1A.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1A.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1A.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1A.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1A.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1A.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1A.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1A.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1A.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1A.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1A.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1A.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1A.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1B.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1B.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1B.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1B.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1B.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1B.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1B.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1B.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1B.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1B.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1B.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1B.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1B.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1B.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1B.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1B.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1B.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1B.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1B.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1B.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1B.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1B.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1B.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1B.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1B.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1B.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1B.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1B.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1B.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1B.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1B.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1B.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1B.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1B.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1B.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1B.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1B.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1B.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1B.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1B.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1B.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1B.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1B.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1B.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1B.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1B.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1B.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1B.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1C.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1C.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1C.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1C.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1C.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1C.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1C.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1C.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1C.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1C.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1C.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1C.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1C.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1C.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1C.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1C.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1C.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1C.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1C.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1C.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1C.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1C.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1C.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1C.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1C.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1C.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1C.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1C.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1C.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1C.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1C.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1C.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1C.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1C.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1C.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1C.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1C.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1C.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1C.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1C.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1C.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1C.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1C.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1C.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1C.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1C.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1C.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1C.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1D.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1D.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1D.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1D.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1D.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1D.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1D.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1D.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1D.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1D.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1D.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1D.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1D.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1D.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1D.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1D.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1D.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1D.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1D.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1D.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1D.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1D.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1D.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1D.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1D.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1D.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1D.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1D.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1D.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1D.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1D.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1D.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1D.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1D.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1D.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1D.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1D.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1D.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1D.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1D.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1D.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1D.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1D.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1D.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1D.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1D.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1D.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1D.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1E.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1E.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1E.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1E.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1E.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1E.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1E.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1E.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1E.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1E.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1E.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1E.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1E.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1E.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1E.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1E.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1E.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1E.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1E.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1E.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1E.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1E.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1E.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1E.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1E.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1E.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1E.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1E.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1E.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1E.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1E.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1E.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1E.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1E.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1E.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1E.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1E.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1E.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1E.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1E.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1E.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1E.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1E.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1E.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1E.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1E.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1E.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1E.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1F.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1F.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1F.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1F.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1F.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1F.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1F.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1F.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1F.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1F.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1F.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1F.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1F.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1F.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1F.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1F.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1F.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1F.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1F.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1F.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1F.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1F.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1F.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1F.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1F.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1F.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1F.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1F.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1F.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1F.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1F.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1F.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1F.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1F.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1F.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1F.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1F.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1F.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1F.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1F.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1F.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1F.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1F.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1F.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1F.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1F.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1F.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1F.T2D.T3D.T4H,
    T1G.T2A.T3A.T4A, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4B, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4C, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4D,
    T1G.T2A.T3A.T4E, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4F, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4G, T1G.T2A.T3A.T4H,
    T1G.T2A.T3B.T4A, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4B, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4C, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4D,
    T1G.T2A.T3B.T4E, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4F, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4G, T1G.T2A.T3B.T4H,
    T1G.T2A.T3C.T4A, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4B, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4C, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4D,
    T1G.T2A.T3C.T4E, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4F, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4G, T1G.T2A.T3C.T4H,
    T1G.T2A.T3D.T4A, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4B, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4C, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4D,
    T1G.T2A.T3D.T4E, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4F, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4G, T1G.T2A.T3D.T4H,
    T1G.T2B.T3A.T4A, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4B, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4C, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4D,
    T1G.T2B.T3A.T4E, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4F, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4G, T1G.T2B.T3A.T4H,
    T1G.T2B.T3B.T4A, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4B, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4C, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4D,
    T1G.T2B.T3B.T4E, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4F, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4G, T1G.T2B.T3B.T4H,
    T1G.T2B.T3C.T4A, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4B, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4C, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4D,
    T1G.T2B.T3C.T4E, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4F, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4G, T1G.T2B.T3C.T4H,
    T1G.T2B.T3D.T4A, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4B, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4C, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4D,
    T1G.T2B.T3D.T4E, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4F, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4G, T1G.T2B.T3D.T4H,
    T1G.T2C.T3A.T4A, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4B, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4C, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4D,
    T1G.T2C.T3A.T4E, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4F, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4G, T1G.T2C.T3A.T4H,
    T1G.T2C.T3B.T4A, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4B, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4C, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4D,
    T1G.T2C.T3B.T4E, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4F, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4G, T1G.T2C.T3B.T4H,
    T1G.T2C.T3C.T4A, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4B, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4C, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4D,
    T1G.T2C.T3C.T4E, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4F, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4G, T1G.T2C.T3C.T4H,
    T1G.T2C.T3D.T4A, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4B, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4C, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4D,
    T1G.T2C.T3D.T4E, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4F, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4G, T1G.T2C.T3D.T4H,
    T1G.T2D.T3A.T4A, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4B, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4C, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4D,
    T1G.T2D.T3A.T4E, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4F, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4G, T1G.T2D.T3A.T4H,
    T1G.T2D.T3B.T4A, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4B, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4C, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4D,
    T1G.T2D.T3B.T4E, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4F, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4G, T1G.T2D.T3B.T4H,
    T1G.T2D.T3C.T4A, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4B, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4C, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4D,
    T1G.T2D.T3C.T4E, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4F, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4G, T1G.T2D.T3C.T4H,
    T1G.T2D.T3D.T4A, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4B, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4C, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4D,
    T1G.T2D.T3D.T4E, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4F, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4G, T1G.T2D.T3D.T4H,
  • In still another embodiment, selected compounds of Formula I and II are named below in tabular format (Table 10) as compounds of general Formula IV (below):
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00047
  • where X, A, Y, and Z are defined in Tables 6-9, below. Each compound is designated in tabular form by combining the “code” representing each structural moiety using the following syntax: X.A.Y.Z. Thus, for example, X1.A1.Y1.Z1 represents the following structure:
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00048
  • TABLE 6
    “A” Structures
    Code “A” Structure
    A1
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00049
    A2
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00050
    A3
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00051
    A4
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00052
  • TABLE 7
    “X” Structures
    Code “X” Structure
    X1
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00053
    X2
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00054
    X3
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00055
    X4
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00056
    X5
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00057
    X6
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00058
  • TABLE 8
    “Y” Structures
    Code “Y” Structure
    Y1
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00059
    Y2
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00060
    Y3
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00061
    Y4
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00062
  • TABLE 9
    “Z” Structures
    Code “Z” Structure
    Z1
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00063
    Z2
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00064
    Z3
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00065
    Z4
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00066
    Z5
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00067
    Z6
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00068
    Z7
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00069
    Z8
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00070
  • TABLE 10
    List of Compound Structures of Formula III
    X1.A1.Y1.Z1, X1.A1.Y1.Z2, X1.A1.Y1.Z3, X1.A1.Y1.Z4, X1.A1.Y1.Z5, X1.A1.Y1.Z6,
    X1.A1.Y1.Z7, X1.A1.Y1.Z8, X1.A1.Y2.Z1, X1.A1.Y2.Z2, X1.A1.Y2.Z3, X1.A1.Y2.Z4,
    X1.A1.Y2.Z5, X1.A1.Y2.Z6, X1.A1.Y2.Z7, X1.A1.Y2.Z8, X1.A1.Y3.Z1, X1.A1.Y3.Z2,
    X1.A1.Y3.Z3, X1.A1.Y3.Z4, X1.A1.Y3.Z5, X1.A1.Y3.Z6, X1.A1.Y3.Z7, X1.A1.Y3.Z8,
    X1.A1.Y4.Z1, X1.A1.Y4.Z2, X1.A1.Y4.Z3, X1.A1.Y4.Z4, X1.A1.Y4.Z5, X1.A1.Y4.Z6,
    X1.A1.Y4.Z7, X1.A1.Y4.Z8, X1.A2.Y1.Z1, X1.A2.Y1.Z2, X1.A2.Y1.Z3, X1.A2.Y1.Z4,
    X1.A2.Y1.Z5, X1.A2.Y1.Z6, X1.A2.Y1.Z7, X1.A2.Y1.Z8, X1.A2.Y2.Z1, X1.A2.Y2.Z2,
    X1.A2.Y2.Z3, X1.A2.Y2.Z4, X1.A2.Y2.Z5, X1.A2.Y2.Z6, X1.A2.Y2.Z7, X1.A2.Y2.Z8,
    X1.A2.Y3.Z1, X1.A2.Y3.Z2, X1.A2.Y3.Z3, X1.A2.Y3.Z4, X1.A2.Y3.Z5, X1.A2.Y3.Z6,
    X1.A2.Y3.Z7, X1.A2.Y3.Z8, X1.A2.Y4.Z1, X1.A2.Y4.Z2, X1.A2.Y4.Z3, X1.A2.Y4.Z4,
    X1.A2.Y4.Z5, X1.A2.Y4.Z6, X1.A2.Y4.Z7, X1.A2.Y4.Z8, X1.A3.Y1.Z1, X1.A3.Y1.Z2,
    X1.A3.Y1.Z3, X1.A3.Y1.Z4, X1.A3.Y1.Z5, X1.A3.Y1.Z6, X1.A3.Y1.Z7, X1.A3.Y1.Z8,
    X1.A3.Y2.Z1, X1.A3.Y2.Z2, X1.A3.Y2.Z3, X1.A3.Y2.Z4, X1.A3.Y2.Z5, X1.A3.Y2.Z6,
    X1.A3.Y2.Z7, X1.A3.Y2.Z8, X1.A3.Y3.Z1, X1.A3.Y3.Z2, X1.A3.Y3.Z3, X1.A3.Y3.Z4,
    X1.A3.Y3.Z5, X1.A3.Y3.Z6, X1.A3.Y3.Z7, X1.A3.Y3.Z8, X1.A3.Y4.Z1, X1.A3.Y4.Z2,
    X1.A3.Y4.Z3, X1.A3.Y4.Z4, X1.A3.Y4.Z5, X1.A3.Y4.Z6, X1.A3.Y4.Z7, X1.A3.Y4.Z8,
    X1.A4.Y1.Z1, X1.A4.Y1.Z2, X1.A4.Y1.Z3, X1.A4.Y1.Z4, X1.A4.Y1.Z5, X1.A4.Y1.Z6,
    X1.A4.Y1.Z7, X1.A4.Y1.Z8, X1.A4.Y2.Z1, X1.A4.Y2.Z2, X1.A4.Y2.Z3, X1.A4.Y2.Z4,
    X1.A4.Y2.Z5, X1.A4.Y2.Z6, X1.A4.Y2.Z7, X1.A4.Y2.Z8, X1.A4.Y3.Z1, X1.A4.Y3.Z2,
    X1.A4.Y3.Z3, X1.A4.Y3.Z4, X1.A4.Y3.Z5, X1.A4.Y3.Z6, X1.A4.Y3.Z7, X1.A4.Y3.Z8,
    X1.A4.Y4.Z1, X1.A4.Y4.Z2, X1.A4.Y4.Z3, X1.A4.Y4.Z4, X1.A4.Y4.Z5, X1.A4.Y4.Z6,
    X1.A4.Y4.Z7, X1.A4.Y4.Z8, X2.A1.Y1.Z1, X2.A1.Y1.Z2, X2.A1.Y1.Z3, X2.A1.Y1.Z4,
    X2.A1.Y1.Z5, X2.A1.Y1.Z6, X2.A1.Y1.Z7, X2.A1.Y1.Z8, X2.A1.Y2.Z1, X2.A1.Y2.Z2,
    X2.A1.Y2.Z3, X2.A1.Y2.Z4, X2.A1.Y2.Z5, X2.A1.Y2.Z6, X2.A1.Y2.Z7, X2.A1.Y2.Z8,
    X2.A1.Y3.Z1, X2.A1.Y3.Z2, X2.A1.Y3.Z3, X2.A1.Y3.Z4, X2.A1.Y3.Z5, X2.A1.Y3.Z6,
    X2.A1.Y3.Z7, X2.A1.Y3.Z8, X2.A1.Y4.Z1, X2.A1.Y4.Z2, X2.A1.Y4.Z3, X2.A1.Y4.Z4,
    X2.A1.Y4.Z5, X2.A1.Y4.Z6, X2.A1.Y4.Z7, X2.A1.Y4.Z8, X2.A2.Y1.Z1, X2.A2.Y1.Z2,
    X2.A2.Y1.Z3, X2.A2.Y1.Z4, X2.A2.Y1.Z5, X2.A2.Y1.Z6, X2.A2.Y1.Z7, X2.A2.Y1.Z8,
    X2.A2.Y2.Z1, X2.A2.Y2.Z2, X2.A2.Y2.Z3, X2.A2.Y2.Z4, X2.A2.Y2.Z5, X2.A2.Y2.Z6,
    X2.A2.Y2.Z7, X2.A2.Y2.Z8, X2.A2.Y3.Z1, X2.A2.Y3.Z2, X2.A2.Y3.Z3, X2.A2.Y3.Z4,
    X2.A2.Y3.Z5, X2.A2.Y3.Z6, X2.A2.Y3.Z7, X2.A2.Y3.Z8, X2.A2.Y4.Z1, X2.A2.Y4.Z2,
    X2.A2.Y4.Z3, X2.A2.Y4.Z4, X2.A2.Y4.Z5, X2.A2.Y4.Z6, X2.A2.Y4.Z7, X2.A2.Y4.Z8,
    X2.A3.Y1.Z1, X2.A3.Y1.Z2, X2.A3.Y1.Z3, X2.A3.Y1.Z4, X2.A3.Y1.Z5, X2.A3.Y1.Z6,
    X2.A3.Y1.Z7, X2.A3.Y1.Z8, X2.A3.Y2.Z1, X2.A3.Y2.Z2, X2.A3.Y2.Z3, X2.A3.Y2.Z4,
    X2.A3.Y2.Z5, X2.A3.Y2.Z6, X2.A3.Y2.Z7, X2.A3.Y2.Z8, X2.A3.Y3.Z1, X2.A3.Y3.Z2,
    X2.A3.Y3.Z3, X2.A3.Y3.Z4, X2.A3.Y3.Z5, X2.A3.Y3.Z6, X2.A3.Y3.Z7, X2.A3.Y3.Z8,
    X2.A3.Y4.Z1, X2.A3.Y4.Z2, X2.A3.Y4.Z3, X2.A3.Y4.Z4, X2.A3.Y4.Z5, X2.A3.Y4.Z6,
    X2.A3.Y4.Z7, X2.A3.Y4.Z8, X2.A4.Y1.Z1, X2.A4.Y1.Z2, X2.A4.Y1.Z3, X2.A4.Y1.Z4,
    X2.A4.Y1.Z5, X2.A4.Y1.Z6, X2.A4.Y1.Z7, X2.A4.Y1.Z8, X2.A4.Y2.Z1, X2.A4.Y2.Z2,
    X2.A4.Y2.Z3, X2.A4.Y2.Z4, X2.A4.Y2.Z5, X2.A4.Y2.Z6, X2.A4.Y2.Z7, X2.A4.Y2.Z8,
    X2.A4.Y3.Z1, X2.A4.Y3.Z2, X2.A4.Y3.Z3, X2.A4.Y3.Z4, X2.A4.Y3.Z5, X2.A4.Y3.Z6,
    X2.A4.Y3.Z7, X2.A4.Y3.Z8, X2.A4.Y4.Z1, X2.A4.Y4.Z2, X2.A4.Y4.Z3, X2.A4.Y4.Z4,
    X2.A4.Y4.Z5, X2.A4.Y4.Z6, X2.A4.Y4.Z7, X2.A4.Y4.Z8, X3.A1.Y1.Z1, X3.A1.Y1.Z2,
    X3.A1.Y1.Z3, X3.A1.Y1.Z4, X3.A1.Y1.Z5, X3.A1.Y1.Z6, X3.A1.Y1.Z7, X3.A1.Y1.Z8,
    X3.A1.Y2.Z1, X3.A1.Y2.Z2, X3.A1.Y2.Z3, X3.A1.Y2.Z4, X3.A1.Y2.Z5, X3.A1.Y2.Z6,
    X3.A1.Y2.Z7, X3.A1.Y2.Z8, X3.A1.Y3.Z1, X3.A1.Y3.Z2, X3.A1.Y3.Z3, X3.A1.Y3.Z4,
    X3.A1.Y3.Z5, X3.A1.Y3.Z6, X3.A1.Y3.Z7, X3.A1.Y3.Z8, X3.A1.Y4.Z1, X3.A1.Y4.Z2,
    X3.A1.Y4.Z3, X3.A1.Y4.Z4, X3.A1.Y4.Z5, X3.A1.Y4.Z6, X3.A1.Y4.Z7, X3.A1.Y4.Z8,
    X3.A2.Y1.Z1, X3.A2.Y1.Z2, X3.A2.Y1.Z3, X3.A2.Y1.Z4, X3.A2.Y1.Z5, X3.A2.Y1.Z6,
    X3.A2.Y1.Z7, X3.A2.Y1.Z8, X3.A2.Y2.Z1, X3.A2.Y2.Z2, X3.A2.Y2.Z3, X3.A2.Y2.Z4,
    X3.A2.Y2.Z5, X3.A2.Y2.Z6, X3.A2.Y2.Z7, X3.A2.Y2.Z8, X3.A2.Y3.Z1, X3.A2.Y3.Z2,
    X3.A2.Y3.Z3, X3.A2.Y3.Z4, X3.A2.Y3.Z5, X3.A2.Y3.Z6, X3.A2.Y3.Z7, X3.A2.Y3.Z8,
    X3.A2.Y4.Z1, X3.A2.Y4.Z2, X3.A2.Y4.Z3, X3.A2.Y4.Z4, X3.A2.Y4.Z5, X3.A2.Y4.Z6,
    X3.A2.Y4.Z7, X3.A2.Y4.Z8, X3.A3.Y1.Z1, X3.A3.Y1.Z2, X3.A3.Y1.Z3, X3.A3.Y1.Z4,
    X3.A3.Y1.Z5, X3.A3.Y1.Z6, X3.A3.Y1.Z7, X3.A3.Y1.Z8, X3.A3.Y2.Z1, X3.A3.Y2.Z2,
    X3.A3.Y2.Z3, X3.A3.Y2.Z4, X3.A3.Y2.Z5, X3.A3.Y2.Z6, X3.A3.Y2.Z7, X3.A3.Y2.Z8,
    X3.A3.Y3.Z1, X3.A3.Y3.Z2, X3.A3.Y3.Z3, X3.A3.Y3.Z4, X3.A3.Y3.Z5, X3.A3.Y3.Z6,
    X3.A3.Y3.Z7, X3.A3.Y3.Z8, X3.A3.Y4.Z1, X3.A3.Y4.Z2, X3.A3.Y4.Z3, X3.A3.Y4.Z4,
    X3.A3.Y4.Z5, X3.A3.Y4.Z6, X3.A3.Y4.Z7, X3.A3.Y4.Z8, X3.A4.Y1.Z1, X3.A4.Y1.Z2,
    X3.A4.Y1.Z3, X3.A4.Y1.Z4, X3.A4.Y1.Z5, X3.A4.Y1.Z6, X3.A4.Y1.Z7, X3.A4.Y1.Z8,
    X3.A4.Y2.Z1, X3.A4.Y2.Z2, X3.A4.Y2.Z3, X3.A4.Y2.Z4, X3.A4.Y2.Z5, X3.A4.Y2.Z6,
    X3.A4.Y2.Z7, X3.A4.Y2.Z8, X3.A4.Y3.Z1, X3.A4.Y3.Z2, X3.A4.Y3.Z3, X3.A4.Y3.Z4,
    X3.A4.Y3.Z5, X3.A4.Y3.Z6, X3.A4.Y3.Z7, X3.A4.Y3.Z8, X3.A4.Y4.Z1, X3.A4.Y4.Z2,
    X3.A4.Y4.Z3, X3.A4.Y4.Z4, X3.A4.Y4.Z5, X3.A4.Y4.Z6, X3.A4.Y4.Z7, X3.A4.Y4.Z8,
    X4.A1.Y1.Z1, X4.A1.Y1.Z2, X4.A1.Y1.Z3, X4.A1.Y1.Z4, X4.A1.Y1.Z5, X4.A1.Y1.Z6,
    X4.A1.Y1.Z7, X4.A1.Y1.Z8, X4.A1.Y2.Z1, X4.A1.Y2.Z2, X4.A1.Y2.Z3, X4.A1.Y2.Z4,
    X4.A1.Y2.Z5, X4.A1.Y2.Z6, X4.A1.Y2.Z7, X4.A1.Y2.Z8, X4.A1.Y3.Z1, X4.A1.Y3.Z2,
    X4.A1.Y3.Z3, X4.A1.Y3.Z4, X4.A1.Y3.Z5, X4.A1.Y3.Z6, X4.A1.Y3.Z7, X4.A1.Y3.Z8,
    X4.A1.Y4.Z1, X4.A1.Y4.Z2, X4.A1.Y4.Z3, X4.A1.Y4.Z4, X4.A1.Y4.Z5, X4.A1.Y4.Z6,
    X4.A1.Y4.Z7, X4.A1.Y4.Z8, X4.A2.Y1.Z1, X4.A2.Y1.Z2, X4.A2.Y1.Z3, X4.A2.Y1.Z4,
    X4.A2.Y1.Z5, X4.A2.Y1.Z6, X4.A2.Y1.Z7, X4.A2.Y1.Z8, X4.A2.Y2.Z1, X4.A2.Y2.Z2,
    X4.A2.Y2.Z3, X4.A2.Y2.Z4, X4.A2.Y2.Z5, X4.A2.Y2.Z6, X4.A2.Y2.Z7, X4.A2.Y2.Z8,
    X4.A2.Y3.Z1, X4.A2.Y3.Z2, X4.A2.Y3.Z3, X4.A2.Y3.Z4, X4.A2.Y3.Z5, X4.A2.Y3.Z6,
    X4.A2.Y3.Z7, X4.A2.Y3.Z8, X4.A2.Y4.Z1, X4.A2.Y4.Z2, X4.A2.Y4.Z3, X4.A2.Y4.Z4,
    X4.A2.Y4.Z5, X4.A2.Y4.Z6, X4.A2.Y4.Z7, X4.A2.Y4.Z8, X4.A3.Y1.Z1, X4.A3.Y1.Z2,
    X4.A3.Y1.Z3, X4.A3.Y1.Z4, X4.A3.Y1.Z5, X4.A3.Y1.Z6, X4.A3.Y1.Z7, X4.A3.Y1.Z8,
    X4.A3.Y2.Z1, X4.A3.Y2.Z2, X4.A3.Y2.Z3, X4.A3.Y2.Z4, X4.A3.Y2.Z5, X4.A3.Y2.Z6,
    X4.A3.Y2.Z7, X4.A3.Y2.Z8, X4.A3.Y3.Z1, X4.A3.Y3.Z2, X4.A3.Y3.Z3, X4.A3.Y3.Z4,
    X4.A3.Y3.Z5, X4.A3.Y3.Z6, X4.A3.Y3.Z7, X4.A3.Y3.Z8, X4.A3.Y4.Z1, X4.A3.Y4.Z2,
    X4.A3.Y4.Z3, X4.A3.Y4.Z4, X4.A3.Y4.Z5, X4.A3.Y4.Z6, X4.A3.Y4.Z7, X4.A3.Y4.Z8,
    X4.A4.Y1.Z1, X4.A4.Y1.Z2, X4.A4.Y1.Z3, X4.A4.Y1.Z4, X4.A4.Y1.Z5, X4.A4.Y1.Z6,
    X4.A4.Y1.Z7, X4.A4.Y1.Z8, X4.A4.Y2.Z1, X4.A4.Y2.Z2, X4.A4.Y2.Z3, X4.A4.Y2.Z4,
    X4.A4.Y2.Z5, X4.A4.Y2.Z6, X4.A4.Y2.Z7, X4.A4.Y2.Z8, X4.A4.Y3.Z1, X4.A4.Y3.Z2,
    X4.A4.Y3.Z3, X4.A4.Y3.Z4, X4.A4.Y3.Z5, X4.A4.Y3.Z6, X4.A4.Y3.Z7, X4.A4.Y3.Z8,
    X4.A4.Y4.Z1, X4.A4.Y4.Z2, X4.A4.Y4.Z3, X4.A4.Y4.Z4, X4.A4.Y4.Z5, X4.A4.Y4.Z6,
    X4.A4.Y4.Z7, X4.A4.Y4.Z8, X5.A1.Y1.Z1, X5.A1.Y1.Z2, X5.A1.Y1.Z3, X5.A1.Y1.Z4,
    X5.A1.Y1.Z5, X5.A1.Y1.Z6, X5.A1.Y1.Z7, X5.A1.Y1.Z8, X5.A1.Y2.Z1, X5.A1.Y2.Z2,
    X5.A1.Y2.Z3, X5.A1.Y2.Z4, X5.A1.Y2.Z5, X5.A1.Y2.Z6, X5.A1.Y2.Z7, X5.A1.Y2.Z8,
    X5.A1.Y3.Z1, X5.A1.Y3.Z2, X5.A1.Y3.Z3, X5.A1.Y3.Z4, X5.A1.Y3.Z5, X5.A1.Y3.Z6,
    X5.A1.Y3.Z7, X5.A1.Y3.Z8, X5.A1.Y4.Z1, X5.A1.Y4.Z2, X5.A1.Y4.Z3, X5.A1.Y4.Z4,
    X5.A1.Y4.Z5, X5.A1.Y4.Z6, X5.A1.Y4.Z7, X5.A1.Y4.Z8, X5.A2.Y1.Z1, X5.A2.Y1.Z2,
    X5.A2.Y1.Z3, X5.A2.Y1.Z4, X5.A2.Y1.Z5, X5.A2.Y1.Z6, X5.A2.Y1.Z7, X5.A2.Y1.Z8,
    X5.A2.Y2.Z1, X5.A2.Y2.Z2, X5.A2.Y2.Z3, X5.A2.Y2.Z4, X5.A2.Y2.Z5, X5.A2.Y2.Z6,
    X5.A2.Y2.Z7, X5.A2.Y2.Z8, X5.A2.Y3.Z1, X5.A2.Y3.Z2, X5.A2.Y3.Z3, X5.A2.Y3.Z4,
    X5.A2.Y3.Z5, X5.A2.Y3.Z6, X5.A2.Y3.Z7, X5.A2.Y3.Z8, X5.A2.Y4.Z1, X5.A2.Y4.Z2,
    X5.A2.Y4.Z3, X5.A2.Y4.Z4, X5.A2.Y4.Z5, X5.A2.Y4.Z6, X5.A2.Y4.Z7, X5.A2.Y4.Z8,
    X5.A3.Y1.Z1, X5.A3.Y1.Z2, X5.A3.Y1.Z3, X5.A3.Y1.Z4, X5.A3.Y1.Z5, X5.A3.Y1.Z6,
    X5.A3.Y1.Z7, X5.A3.Y1.Z8, X5.A3.Y2.Z1, X5.A3.Y2.Z2, X5.A3.Y2.Z3, X5.A3.Y2.Z4,
    X5.A3.Y2.Z5, X5.A3.Y2.Z6, X5.A3.Y2.Z7, X5.A3.Y2.Z8, X5.A3.Y3.Z1, X5.A3.Y3.Z2,
    X5.A3.Y3.Z3, X5.A3.Y3.Z4, X5.A3.Y3.Z5, X5.A3.Y3.Z6, X5.A3.Y3.Z7, X5.A3.Y3.Z8,
    X5.A3.Y4.Z1, X5.A3.Y4.Z2, X5.A3.Y4.Z3, X5.A3.Y4.Z4, X5.A3.Y4.Z5, X5.A3.Y4.Z6,
    X5.A3.Y4.Z7, X5.A3.Y4.Z8, X5.A4.Y1.Z1, X5.A4.Y1.Z2, X5.A4.Y1.Z3, X5.A4.Y1.Z4,
    X5.A4.Y1.Z5, X5.A4.Y1.Z6, X5.A4.Y1.Z7, X5.A4.Y1.Z8, X5.A4.Y2.Z1, X5.A4.Y2.Z2,
    X5.A4.Y2.Z3, X5.A4.Y2.Z4, X5.A4.Y2.Z5, X5.A4.Y2.Z6, X5.A4.Y2.Z7, X5.A4.Y2.Z8,
    X5.A4.Y3.Z1, X5.A4.Y3.Z2, X5.A4.Y3.Z3, X5.A4.Y3.Z4, X5.A4.Y3.Z5, X5.A4.Y3.Z6,
    X5.A4.Y3.Z7, X5.A4.Y3.Z8, X5.A4.Y4.Z1, X5.A4.Y4.Z2, X5.A4.Y4.Z3, X5.A4.Y4.Z4,
    X5.A4.Y4.Z5, X5.A4.Y4.Z6, X5.A4.Y4.Z7, X5.A4.Y4.Z8, X6.A1.Y1.Z1, X6.A1.Y1.Z2,
    X6.A1.Y1.Z3, X6.A1.Y1.Z4, X6.A1.Y1.Z5, X6.A1.Y1.Z6, X6.A1.Y1.Z7, X6.A1.Y1.Z8,
    X6.A1.Y2.Z1, X6.A1.Y2.Z2, X6.A1.Y2.Z3, X6.A1.Y2.Z4, X6.A1.Y2.Z5, X6.A1.Y2.Z6,
    X6.A1.Y2.Z7, X6.A1.Y2.Z8, X6.A1.Y3.Z1, X6.A1.Y3.Z2, X6.A1.Y3.Z3, X6.A1.Y3.Z4,
    X6.A1.Y3.Z5, X6.A1.Y3.Z6, X6.A1.Y3.Z7, X6.A1.Y3.Z8, X6.A1.Y4.Z1, X6.A1.Y4.Z2,
    X6.A1.Y4.Z3, X6.A1.Y4.Z4, X6.A1.Y4.Z5, X6.A1.Y4.Z6, X6.A1.Y4.Z7, X6.A1.Y4.Z8,
    X6.A2.Y1.Z1, X6.A2.Y1.Z2, X6.A2.Y1.Z3, X6.A2.Y1.Z4, X6.A2.Y1.Z5, X6.A2.Y1.Z6,
    X6.A2.Y1.Z7, X6.A2.Y1.Z8, X6.A2.Y2.Z1, X6.A2.Y2.Z2, X6.A2.Y2.Z3, X6.A2.Y2.Z4,
    X6.A2.Y2.Z5, X6.A2.Y2.Z6, X6.A2.Y2.Z7, X6.A2.Y2.Z8, X6.A2.Y3.Z1, X6.A2.Y3.Z2,
    X6.A2.Y3.Z3, X6.A2.Y3.Z4, X6.A2.Y3.Z5, X6.A2.Y3.Z6, X6.A2.Y3.Z7, X6.A2.Y3.Z8,
    X6.A2.Y4.Z1, X6.A2.Y4.Z2, X6.A2.Y4.Z3, X6.A2.Y4.Z4, X6.A2.Y4.Z5, X6.A2.Y4.Z6,
    X6.A2.Y4.Z7, X6.A2.Y4.Z8, X6.A3.Y1.Z1, X6.A3.Y1.Z2, X6.A3.Y1.Z3, X6.A3.Y1.Z4,
    X6.A3.Y1.Z5, X6.A3.Y1.Z6, X6.A3.Y1.Z7, X6.A3.Y1.Z8, X6.A3.Y2.Z1, X6.A3.Y2.Z2,
    X6.A3.Y2.Z3, X6.A3.Y2.Z4, X6.A3.Y2.Z5, X6.A3.Y2.Z6, X6.A3.Y2.Z7, X6.A3.Y2.Z8,
    X6.A3.Y3.Z1, X6.A3.Y3.Z2, X6.A3.Y3.Z3, X6.A3.Y3.Z4, X6.A3.Y3.Z5, X6.A3.Y3.Z6,
    X6.A3.Y3.Z7, X6.A3.Y3.Z8, X6.A3.Y4.Z1, X6.A3.Y4.Z2, X6.A3.Y4.Z3, X6.A3.Y4.Z4,
    X6.A3.Y4.Z5, X6.A3.Y4.Z6, X6.A3.Y4.Z7, X6.A3.Y4.Z8, X6.A4.Y1.Z1, X6.A4.Y1.Z2,
    X6.A4.Y1.Z3, X6.A4.Y1.Z4, X6.A4.Y1.Z5, X6.A4.Y1.Z6, X6.A4.Y1.Z7, X6.A4.Y1.Z8,
    X6.A4.Y2.Z1, X6.A4.Y2.Z2, X6.A4.Y2.Z3, X6.A4.Y2.Z4, X6.A4.Y2.Z5, X6.A4.Y2.Z6,
    X6.A4.Y2.Z7, X6.A4.Y2.Z8, X6.A4.Y3.Z1, X6.A4.Y3.Z2, X6.A4.Y3.Z3, X6.A4.Y3.Z4,
    X6.A4.Y3.Z5, X6.A4.Y3.Z6, X6.A4.Y3.Z7, X6.A4.Y3.Z8, X6.A4.Y4.Z1, X6.A4.Y4.Z2,
    X6.A4.Y4.Z3, X6.A4.Y4.Z4, X6.A4.Y4.Z5, X6.A4.Y4.Z6, X6.A4.Y4.Z7, X6.A4.Y4.Z8,
  • Pharmaceutical Formulations
  • The compounds of this invention are formulated with conventional carriers and excipients, which will be selected in accord with ordinary practice. Tablets will contain excipients, glidants, fillers, binders and the like. Aqueous formulations are prepared in sterile form, and when intended for delivery by other than oral administration generally will be isotonic. All formulations will optionally contain excipients such as those set forth in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (1986), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Excipients include ascorbic acid and other antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA, carbohydrates such as dextrin, hydroxyalkylcellulose, hydroxyalkylmethylcellulose, stearic acid and the like. The pH of the formulations ranges from about 3 to about 11, but is ordinarily about 7 to 10.
  • While it is possible for the active ingredients to be administered alone it may be preferable to present them as pharmaceutical formulations. The formulations of the invention, both for veterinary and for human use, comprise at least one active ingredient, together with one or more acceptable carriers and optionally other therapeutic ingredients. The carrier(s) must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and physiologically innocuous to the recipient thereof.
  • The formulations include those suitable for the foregoing administration routes. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Techniques and formulations generally are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.), herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients. In general the formulations are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product.
  • Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, cachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be administered as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • A tablet is made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, surface active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered active ingredient moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and optionally are formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient.
  • For administration to the eye or other external tissues e.g., mouth and skin, the formulations are preferably applied as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s) in an amount of, for example, 0.075 to 20% w/w (including active ingredient(s) in a range between 0.1% and 20% in increments of 0.1% w/w such as 0.6% w/w, 0.7% w/w, etc.), preferably 0.2 to 15% w/w and most preferably 0.5 to 10% w/w. When formulated in an ointment, the active ingredients may be employed with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with an oil-in-water cream base.
  • If desired, the aqueous phase of the cream base may include, for example, at least 30% w/w of a polyhydric alcohol, i.e. an alcohol having two or more hydroxyl groups such as propylene glycol, butane 1,3-diol, mannitol, sorbitol, glycerol and polyethylene glycol (including PEG 400) and mixtures thereof. The topical formulations may desirably include a compound which enhances absorption or penetration of the active ingredient through the skin or other affected areas. Examples of such dermal penetration enhancers include dimethyl sulphoxide and related analogs.
  • The oily phase of the emulsions of this invention may be constituted from known ingredients in a known manner. While the phase may comprise merely an emulsifier (otherwise known as an emulgent), it desirably comprises a mixture of at least one emulsifier with a fat or an oil or with both a fat and an oil. Preferably, a hydrophilic emulsifier is included together with a lipophilic emulsifier which acts as a stabilizer. It is also preferred to include both an oil and a fat. Together, the emulsifier(s) with or without stabilizer(s) make up the so-called emulsifying wax, and the wax together with the oil and fat make up the so-called emulsifying ointment base which forms the oily dispersed phase of the cream formulations.
  • Emulgents and emulsion stabilizers suitable for use in the formulation of the invention include Tween® 60, Span® 80, cetostearyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, glyceryl mono-stearate and sodium lauryl sulfate.
  • The choice of suitable oils or fats for the formulation is based on achieving the desired cosmetic properties. The cream should preferably be a non-greasy, non-staining and washable product with suitable consistency to avoid leakage from tubes or other containers. Straight or branched chain, mono- or dibasic alkyl esters such as di-isoadipate, isocetyl stearate, propylene glycol diester of coconut fatty acids, isopropyl myristate, decyl oleate, isopropyl palmitate, butyl stearate, 2-ethylhexyl palmitate or a blend of branched chain esters known as Crodamol CAP may be used, the last three being preferred esters. These may be used alone or in combination depending on the properties required. Alternatively, high melting point lipids such as white soft paraffin and/or liquid paraffin or other mineral oils are used.
  • Pharmaceutical formulations according to the present invention comprise one or more compounds of the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients and optionally other therapeutic agents. Pharmaceutical formulations containing the active ingredient may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration. When used for oral use for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, aqueous or oil suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, syrups or elixirs may be prepared. Compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known to the art for the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions and such compositions may contain one or more agents including sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide a palatable preparation. Tablets containing the active ingredient in admixture with non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which are suitable for manufacture of tablets are acceptable. These excipients may be, for example, inert diluents, such as calcium or sodium carbonate, lactose, lactose monohydrate, croscarmellose sodium, povidone, calcium or sodium phosphate; granulating and disintegrating agents, such as maize starch, or alginic acid; binding agents, such as cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, starch, gelatin or acacia; and lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. Tablets may be uncoated or may be coated by known techniques including microencapsulation to delay disintegration and adsorption in the gastrointestinal tract and thereby provide a sustained action over a longer period. For example, a time delay material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate alone or with a wax may be employed.
  • Formulations for oral use may be also presented as hard gelatin capsules where the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions of the invention contain the active materials in admixture with excipients suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Such excipients include a suspending agent, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcelluose, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia, and dispersing or wetting agents such as a naturally occurring phosphatide (e.g., lecithin), a condensation product of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a long chain aliphatic alcohol (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), a condensation product of ethylene oxide with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate). The aqueous suspension may also contain one or more preservatives such as ethyl or n-propyl p-hydroxy-benzoate, one or more coloring agents, one or more flavoring agents and one or more sweetening agents, such as sucrose or saccharin.
  • Oil suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil, such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil, or in a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin. The oral suspensions may contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth herein, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an antioxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules of the invention suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those disclosed above. Additional excipients, for example sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, a mineral oil, such as liquid paraffin, or a mixture of these. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums, such as gum acacia and gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatides, such as soybean lecithin, esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of these partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsion may also contain sweetening and flavoring agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents, such as glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent, a preservative, a flavoring or a coloring agent.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, such as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to the known art using those suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents which have been mentioned herein. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as a solution in 1,3-butane-diol or prepared as a lyophilized powder. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile fixed oils may conventionally be employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid may likewise be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier material to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. For example, a time-release formulation intended for oral administration to humans may contain approximately 1 to 1000 mg of active material compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of carrier material which may vary from about 5 to about 95% of the total compositions (weight:weight). The pharmaceutical composition can be prepared to provide easily measurable amounts for administration. For example, an aqueous solution intended for intravenous infusion may contain from about 3 to 500 μg of the active ingredient per milliliter of solution in order that infusion of a suitable volume at a rate of about 30 mL/hr can occur.
  • Formulations suitable for administration to the eye include eye drops wherein the active ingredient is dissolved or suspended in a suitable carrier, especially an aqueous solvent for the active ingredient. The active ingredient is preferably present in such formulations in a concentration of 0.5 to 20%, advantageously 0.5 to 10% particularly about 1.5% w/w.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavored basis, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • Formulations for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising for example cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for intrapulmonary or nasal administration have a particle size for example in the range of 0.1 to 500 μm (including particle sizes in a range between 0.1 and 500 μm in increments such as 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 30 μm, 35 μm, etc.), which is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage or by inhalation through the mouth so as to reach the alveolar sacs. Suitable formulations include aqueous or oily solutions of the active ingredient. Formulations suitable for aerosol or dry powder administration may be prepared according to conventional methods and may be delivered with other therapeutic agents such as compounds heretofore used in the treatment or prophylaxis of infections as described herein.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • The formulations are presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers, for example sealed ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilized) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injection, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions are prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described. Preferred unit dosage formulations are those containing a daily dose or unit daily sub-dose, as herein above recited, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • It should be understood that in addition to the ingredients particularly mentioned above the formulations of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of formulation in question, for example those suitable for oral administration may include flavoring agents.
  • The invention further provides veterinary compositions comprising at least one active ingredient as above defined together with a veterinary carrier.
  • Veterinary carriers are materials useful for the purpose of administering the composition and may be solid, liquid or gaseous materials which are otherwise inert or acceptable in the veterinary art and are compatible with the active ingredient. These veterinary compositions may be administered orally, parenterally or by any other desired route.
  • Compounds of the invention can also be formulated to provide controlled release of the active ingredient to allow less frequent dosing or to improve the pharmacokinetic or toxicity profile of the active ingredient. Accordingly, the invention also provided compositions comprising one or more compounds of the invention formulated for sustained or controlled release.
  • The effective dose of an active ingredient depends at least on the nature of the condition being treated, toxicity, whether the compound is being used prophylactically (lower doses) or against an active disease or condition, the method of delivery, and the pharmaceutical formulation, and will be determined by the clinician using conventional dose escalation studies. The effective dose can be expected to be from about 0.0001 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day, typically from about 0.001 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, more typically from about 0.01 to about 1 mg/kg body weight per day, even more typically from about 0.05 to about 0.5 mg/kg body weight per day. For example, the daily candidate dose for an adult human of approximately 70 kg body weight will range from about 0.05 mg to about 100 mg, or between about 0.1 mg and about 25 mg, or between about 0.4 mg and about 4 mg, and may take the form of single or multiple doses.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application discloses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application discloses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application discloses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient. Examples of the additional active agent also include, but are not limited to interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • More specifically, one or more compounds of the present invention may be combined with one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • (1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferon lambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;
  • (2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • (3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • (4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • (5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • (6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • (7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • (8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • (9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • (10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • (11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • (12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof; and
  • (13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting of thymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401 (virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, action (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide, VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application provides a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof; and
  • b) a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • Routes of Administration
  • One or more compounds of the invention (herein referred to as the active ingredients) are administered by any route appropriate to the condition to be treated. Suitable routes include oral, rectal, nasal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal and parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural), and the like. It will be appreciated that the preferred route may vary with for example the condition of the recipient. An advantage of the compounds of this invention is that they are orally bioavailable and can be dosed orally.
  • Combination Therapy
  • In one embodiment, the compounds of the present invention are used in combination with other active therapeutic ingredients or agents. Combinations of the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, and additional active agents may be selected to treat patients with a viral infection, e.g., HBV, HCV, or HIV infection.
  • Preferably, the other active therapeutic ingredients or agents are interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • Combinations of the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, are typically selected based on the condition to be treated, cross-reactivities of ingredients and pharmaco-properties of the combination. For example, when treating an infection (e.g., HCV), the compositions of the invention are combined with other active agents (such as those described herein).
  • Suitable active agents or ingredients which can be combined with the compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, can include one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of:
  • (1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferon lambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;
  • (2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • (3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034, SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • (4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • (5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • (6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of 81626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • (7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • (8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • (9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • (10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • (11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • (12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof; and
  • (13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting of thymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401 (virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide, VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application discloses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or exipient.
  • According to the present invention, the active agent used in combination with the compound of the present invention can be any agent having a therapeutic effect when used in combination with the compound of the present invention. For example, the active agent used in combination with the compound of the present invention can be interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • In another embodiment, the present application provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, in combination with at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of:
  • (1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferon lambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;
  • (2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • (3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • (4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • (5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • (6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • (7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • (8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • (9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • (10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • (11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • (12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof; and
  • (13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting of thymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401 (virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide, VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application provides a combination pharmaceutical agent comprising:
  • a) a first pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, or ester thereof; and
  • b) a second pharmaceutical composition comprising at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • It is also possible to combine any compound of the invention with one or more other active agents in a unitary dosage form for simultaneous or sequential administration to a patient. The combination therapy may be administered as a simultaneous or sequential regimen. When administered sequentially, the combination may be administered in two or more administrations.
  • Co-administration of a compound of the invention with one or more other active agents generally refers to simultaneous or sequential administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other active agents, such that therapeutically effective amounts of the compound of the invention and one or more other active agents are both present in the body of the patient.
  • Co-administration includes administration of unit dosages of the compounds of the invention before or after administration of unit dosages of one or more other active agents, for example, administration of the compounds of the invention within seconds, minutes, or hours of the administration of one or more other active agents. For example, a unit dose of a compound of the invention can be administered first, followed within seconds or minutes by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active agents. Alternatively, a unit dose of one or more other active agents can be administered first, followed by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the invention within seconds or minutes. In some cases, it may be desirable to administer a unit dose of a compound of the invention first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of one or more other active agents. In other cases, it may be desirable to administer a unit dose of one or more other active agents first, followed, after a period of hours (e.g., 1-12 hours), by administration of a unit dose of a compound of the invention.
  • The combination therapy may provide “synergy” and “synergistic effect”, i.e. the effect achieved when the active ingredients used together is greater than the sum of the effects that results from using the compounds separately. A synergistic effect may be attained when the active ingredients are: (1) co-formulated and administered or delivered simultaneously in a combined formulation; (2) delivered by alternation or in parallel as separate formulations; or (3) by some other regimen. When delivered in alternation therapy, a synergistic effect may be attained when the compounds are administered or delivered sequentially, e.g., in separate tablets, pills or capsules, or by different injections in separate syringes. In general, during alternation therapy, an effective dosage of each active ingredient is administered sequentially, i.e. serially, whereas in combination therapy, effective dosages of two or more active ingredients are administered together.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for methods of treating a viral infection in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for methods of treating a viral infection in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent which inhibits HCV polymerase.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for methods of treating HCV in a patient, comprising: administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
  • In still yet another embodiment, the present application provides for the use of a compound of the present invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for treating a viral infection, e.g., an HBV/HCV infection.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application provides a method for treating or preventing a viral infection comprising co-administering, to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, and at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of:
  • (1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferon lambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;
  • (2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
  • (3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034 SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
  • (4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
  • (5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
  • (6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
  • (7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
  • (8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
  • (9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
  • (10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
  • (11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
  • (12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof; and
  • (13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting of thymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401 (virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide, VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application provides a method for modulating toll-like receptor 7, comprising contacting a cell having a toll-like receptor 7 with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof. The term “modulating” refers to contacting the toll-like receptor 7 with a compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, III, or IV which is e.g., an agonist or partial agonist of toll-like receptor 7.
  • In yet another embodiment, the present application provides a method for inducing interferon (or IFN-a) production in a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of Formula I, Ia, Ib, II, IIa, III, or IV, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
  • EXAMPLES Synthesis of Example A
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00071
  • Compound 2
  • 2-(2-Methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (1 g, 4.78 mmol) (1), α,α′-dibromo-m-xylene (2.52 g, 9.56 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.32 g, 9.56 mmol) were combined in DMF (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (120 mL), washed with water (2×), brine, dried with Na2SO4, and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica gel with 0-10% methanol in ethyl acetate as eluent. Evaporation of the appropriate fractions gave 9-(3-Bromomethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (2) (1.1 g, 2.80 mmol, 59%). MS: 392/394 (MH+).
  • Compound 3
  • 9-(3-Bromomethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (2) (1 g, 2.54 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL). N-bromosuccinimide (1.5 g, 8.4 mmol) was added in portions over 5 min. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour, then diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with 10% aqueous Na2S2O3 solution, and brine, dried with Na2SO4, and evaporated under vacuum. The crude 8-Bromo-9-(3-bromomethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (3) (˜1 g) was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Example A
  • Crude 8-Bromo-9-(3-bromomethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (3) (˜1 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 mL) and pyrrolidine (1 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight and then evaporated under vacuum. The residue (4) was dissolved in methanol (20 mL) and 50% aqueous KOH (2 mL) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux until HPLC analysis indicated complete disappearance of starting material (˜3 hours). Then the mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated aq. HCl was added (5 mL). Heating under reflux was continued for 1 hour after which the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The solid residue was extracted 3× with methanol to separate from salts. The methanol solution was evaporated under vacuum and the crude product was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-45% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) giving 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-ol (Example A) (450 mg, 1.13 mmol) as yellowish solid as the HCl salt.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.09 (s, 1H), 9.78 (br, 1H), 7.47-7.33 (m, 4H), 6.54 (br, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.32 (d, J=5.1, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.00 (m, 4H), 2.05-1.75 (m, 4H). MS: 399 (MH+).
  • Examples B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, and N were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A except that pyrrolidine was replaced with the appropriate amine for each of these examples.
  • Example B
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00072
  • 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-morpholin-4-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.08 (s, 1H), 9.85 (br, 1H), 7.55-7.35 (m, 4H), 6.53 (br, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.52 (m, 4H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.02 (m, 4H). MS: 415 (MH+).
  • Example C
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00073
  • 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-[3-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.6 (br, 2H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.33 (m, 4H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.37-4.28 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.27 (m, 10H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H). MS: 428 (MH+).
  • Example D
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00074
  • 6-Amino-9-{3-[(cyclopropylmethyl-amino)-methyl]-benzyl}-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.89 (s, 1H), 9.18 (br, 2H), 7.50-7.32 (m, 4H), 5.58 (br, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=4 Hz, 2H), 4.09 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.03 (m, 1H), 0.57-0.52 (m, 2H), 0.34-0.30 (m, 2H). MS: 399 (MH+).
  • Example E
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00075
  • 6-Amino-9-(3-imidazol-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.85 (s, 1H), 9.28 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.26 (m, 4H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 5.40 (br, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H). MS: 396 (MH+).
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00076
  • Example F 6-Amino-9-[3-(3,5-dimethyl-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol (mixture of cis and trans); MS: 441 (MH+).
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00077
  • Example G 6-Amino-9-[3-(2,6-dimethyl-morpholin-4-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.31 (br, 1H), 10.90 (s, 1H), 7.60-7.36 (m, 4H), 5.10 (br, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.33 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (m, 2H), 3.98-3.89 (m, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.18 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.65-2.50 (m, 2H), 1.07 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H). MS: 443 (MH+).
  • Example H
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00078
  • 6-Amino-9-[3-(2,3-dihydro-indol-1-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 9.94 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.01 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59-6.49 (m, 2H), 6.46 (s, 2H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.23 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 3.55 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.19 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2H). MS: 447 (MH+).
  • Example I
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00079
  • 6-Amino-9-[3-(1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.31 (br, 1H), 10.42 (s, 1H), 7.63-7.34 (m, 8H), 6.77 (br, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.60-4.52 (m, 6H), 4.26 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H). MS: 447 (MH+).
  • Example J
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00080
  • 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-piperidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.67 (s, 1H), 10.08 (br, 1H), 7.51-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.51 (br, 2H), 4.30-4.20 (m, 4H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.20 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.74 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.25 (m, 6H). MS: 413 (MH+).
  • Example K
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00081
  • Example K 6-Amino-9-[3-(4-fluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.90 (s, 1H), 10.85 (br, 1H), 7.58-7.34 (m, 4H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 4.30-4.20 (m, 4H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.30-2.90 (m, 5H), 2.25-1.95 (m, 4H). MS: 431 (MH+).
  • Example L
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00082
  • 6-Amino-9-[3-(3,3-difluoro-piperidin-1-ylmethyl)-benzyl]-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.05 (br, 1H), 11.00 (s, 1H), 7.53-7.38 (m, 4H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.38-4.29 (m, 4H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.55-3.45 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.90 (m, 2H), 2.20-1.85 (m, 4H). MS: 449 (MH+).
  • Example M
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00083
  • 9-(3-((pyridin-2-ylamino)methyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.47 (s, 1H), 8.53 (br, 2H), 8.09 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H) 7.28 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H) 7.12-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.91 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.25 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H). MS: 422 (MH+).
  • Example N
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00084
  • 9-(3-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-ol
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 2.17-2.41 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, 3H, J=4.5 Hz), 3.82-4.02 (m, 4H), 4.28 (d, 2H, J=6 Hz), 4.39 (t, 2H, J=4.5 Hz), 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 4H), 11.32 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C19H24N6O3 ++H observed 385.2 at 1.61 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Synthesis of Example O
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00085
  • Compound 5
  • Crude 8-Bromo-9-(3-bromomethyl-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9H-purin-6-ylamine (˜70 mg) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL). 2-Hydroxypyridine (100 mg) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (100 mg) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. After dilution with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the solution was washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product (5) was converted to 1-((3-((6-amino-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)phenyl)methyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one (Example O, 41 mg) using procedures similar to those used to convert Compound 4 to Example A.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.54 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.38 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 6.20 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 4.84 (s, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H). MS: 423 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example P
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00086
  • Example P
  • 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-ol (Example A) (31 mg, 0.078 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL). Anhydrous potassium carbonate (50 mg) was added followed by p-methoxybenzyl chloride (13.7 μL, 0.101 mmol). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. Purification by preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave 6-amino-7-(4-methoxy-benzyl)-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-7,9-dihydro-purin-8-one (Example P) (6 mg) as the HCl salt.
  • 1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 12.54 (br, 1H), 7.85-6.88 (m, 10H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.20 (br, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.72 (br, 2H), 3.58 (br, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.85 (br, 2H), 2.25-2.00 (m, 4H). MS: 519 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example Q
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00087
  • 6-Amino-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-9-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzyl)-9H-purin-8-01 (Example A) (60 mg, 0.15 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Ethylchloroformate (0.04 mL, 0.42 mmol) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes, the reaction was quenched with water and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5-45% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave 9-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-yl ethyl carbonate (Example Q) (24 mg) as a white glassy solid, HCl salt.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 9.99 (br, 1H), 7.45-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.08 (br, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.37 (q, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.20 (br, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.15-2.85 (m, 4H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.31 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS: 471 (MH+).
  • Examples R, S, T, U, and V were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example Q except that ethyl chloroformate was replaced with isopropyl chloroformate and the appropriate starting material was utilized for each of these examples.
  • Example R
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00088
  • 9-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-yl isopropyl carbonate prepared from Example A.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.65 (br, 1H), 7.55-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.10 (br, 2H), 5.11 (sept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.33-4.25 (m, 4H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.36-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.08-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.33 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H). MS: 485 (MH+).
  • Example S
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00089
  • 9-(3-((4-fluoropiperidin-1-yl)methyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-yl isopropyl carbonate prepared from Example K.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.95 (br, 1H), 7.59-7.38 (m, 4H), 7.10 (br, 2H), 5.10 (sept, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.33-4.23 (m, 4H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.36-2.87 (m, 5H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.25-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.33 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 6H). MS: 517 (MH+).
  • Example T
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00090
  • 9-(3-(piperidin-1-ylmethyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-yl isopropyl carbonate prepared from Example J.
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.43 (d, 6H, J=6 Hz), 1.72-1.97 (m, 6H), 2.95 (t, 4H, J=9.3 Hz), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.75 (t, 2H, J=4.5, 9 Hz), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.62 (t, 2H, J=4.5, 9 Hz), 5.11 (s, 2H), 5.21-5.31 (m, 1H), 7.48 (d, 2H, J=4.2 Hz), 7.56 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.66 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C25H34N6O5 ++H observed 499.2 at 2.31 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Example U
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00091
  • 9-(3-((4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)methyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-8-yl isopropyl carbonate prepared from Example C.
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.43 (d, 6H, J=6 Hz), 3.0 (s, 4H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 3.77 (t, 2H, J=4.5 Hz), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.63 (t, 2H, J=4.5 Hz), 5.11 (s, 2H), 5.23-5.31 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.72 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C25H35N7O5 ++H observed 514.2 at 2.09 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Example V
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00092
  • 9-(3-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)benzyl)-6-amino-2-butoxy-9H-purin-8-yl isopropyl carbonate prepared from Example W.
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 3.17 (d, 6H), 1.29-42 (m, 2H), 1.62 (q, 2H, J=7.5), 1.79-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.91-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.36 (m, 2H), 4.17 (t, 2H, J=6.6), 4.29 (d, 2H, J=6), 4.89 (s, 2H), 5.06-5.15 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.57 (m, 4H), 10.95 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C25H34N6O4 ++H observed 483.2 at 2.64 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Synthesis of Example W
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00093
  • Compound 6
  • 2-chloroadenine (1.53 g, 9.03 mmol) was divided among three microwave vials (10-20 mL), each containing 1-butanol (10 mL) and t-BuOK (5 mL, 1M in THF). Each vial was heated to 170° C. for 40 minutes. The three reaction mixtures were combined, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the product was purified on flash column eluting 10% methanol in ethylacetate. Evaporation of solvent gave 1.33 g (70%) of 2-butoxy-9H-purin-6-amine (6) as an off white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.919 (t, 3H), 1.39 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, 2H), 6.00 (s, 2H), 7.44 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C9H13N5O++H observed 208.1 at 1.34 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Example W was prepared from Compound 6 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A.
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, 3H, J=7.2 Hz), 1.29-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.60 (q, 2H, J=7.2), 1.77-2.04 (m, 4H), 2.97-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.37 (m, 2H), 4.12 (t, 2H, J=7), 4.30 (d, 2H, J=6), 4.89 (s, 2H), 7.30-7.50 (m, 4H), 10.26 (s, 1H). LCMS: m/z for C21H28N6O2 ++H observed 397.2 at 2.50 minutes of a 3.5 minute run, gradient 5-95% CH3CN in H2O.
  • Synthesis of Example X
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00094
  • Example X
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.100 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. Diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) and then methanesulfonyl chloride (0.012 mL, 0.154 mmol) was added sequentially. After stirring for 1 hour at 0° C., the reaction mixture was quenched with water (1 mL) and evaporated to dryness. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example X (23 mg).
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 9.96 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.18 (m, 4H), 6.45 (br, 2H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 3H), 2.91 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 0.88-0.78 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.04-0.00 (m, 2H). MS: 477 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example Y
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00095
  • Example Y
  • Example A (30 mg, 0.075 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). Diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) and then ethyl isocyanate (0.05 mL) was added. After stirring at ambient temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example Y (23 mg) as a white solid as the HCl salt.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.96 (br, 1H), 8.87 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.57-7.36 (m, 4H), 4.95 (s, 2H), 4.32-4.25 (m, 4H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.36-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.05-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H). MS: 470 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example Z
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00096
  • Example Z
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Ethylchloroformate (0.021 mL, 0.22 mmol) was added. After stirring for 30 minutes, the reaction was quenched with water and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example Z (17 mg) as a white solid.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 7.32-7.11 (m, 4H), 7.06 (br, 2H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.36 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (br, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.97 (m, 2H), 1.30 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.22-1.02 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.12-0.05 (m, 2H). MS: 543 (MH+)
  • Synthesis of Example AA and Example AB
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00097
  • Examples AA and AB
  • Example D (40 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL). N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.1 mL) was added and then ethyl isocyanate (0.05 mL). After stirring at ambient temperature for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness under vacuum. Purification by reverse phase preparative HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) gave Example AA (4 mg) and Example AB (6.5 mg) as white solids.
  • Example AA: 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.30-7.09 (m, 4H), 6.44 (br, 2H), 6.30 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.24 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.10-2.94 (m, 4H), 0.96 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.08-0.01 (m, 2H). MS: 470 (MH+).
  • Example AB: 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 8.88 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.05 (m, 4H), 6.29 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 4H), 1.13 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.95 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 0.90-0.80 (m, 1H), 0.34-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.08-0.01 (m, 2H). MS: 541 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of AC
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00098
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00099
  • Compound 7
  • 2-(2-Methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-6-amine (1) (1.28 g, 6.12 mmol), b-bromo-m-tolunitrile (1.37 g, 7.0 mmol), and potassium carbonate (0.97 g, 7.0 mmol) were combined in DMF (10 mL) and stirred at ambient temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (200 mL), washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The residue was crystallized from ethyl acetate giving 3-((6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (7) (1.0 g) as a white solid.
  • Compound 9
  • 3-((6-amino-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (7) (1.0 g) was suspended in acetonitrile. N-Bromosuccinimide (1.0 g) was added in small portions over 10 minutes. After stirring for 1 hour, the mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with 10% aqueous Na2S2O3 solution, saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated to dryness under vacuum. The crude 3-((6-amino-8-bromo-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (8) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and 50% aqueous KOH solution (1 mL) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours and then concentrated under vacuum. The product was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0-10% MeOH in ethyl acetate) gave 3-((6-amino-8-methoxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (9) (0.45 g) as a pinkish solid.
  • Compound 10
  • 3-((6-Amino-8-methoxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (9) (50 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL). A 6N aqueous HCl solution (2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. After evaporation to dryness, the residue was dissolved in DMF (1 mL). Potassium carbonate (100 mg) and ethyl iodide (0.02 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 hours. After dilution with water (20 mL) the product was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0-10% MeOH in ethyl acetate) gave 3-((6-amino-7-ethyl-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-8-oxo-7,8-dihydropurin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (10) (35 mg) as a colorless glass.
  • Example AC
  • 3-((6-Amino-7-ethyl-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-8-oxo-7,8-dihydropurin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile (35 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. 1M DIBAL solution in toluene (0.5 mL) was added. After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction was quenched with water and a saturated solution of Rochelle salt was added. After vigorous stirring for 30 minutes, the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuum. The crude product (11) was dissolved in methanol (1 mL) and acetic acid (0.5 mL). Pyrrolidine (0.1 mL) was added followed by sodium triacetoxy borohydride (100 mg). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature and then evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in aqueous HCl/acetonitrile and purified by preparative reverse phase HPLC (5-60% acetonitrile/40 mM aqueous HCl) which gave Example AC (9 mg) as the HCl salt as a colorless glass.
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.66 (br, 1H), 7.54-7.29 (m, 4H), 6.74 (br, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.31-4.25 (m, 4H), 3.97 (m, 2H, under the water peak), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.07-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.12 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H). MS: 427 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AD
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00100
  • Compound 12
  • To a suspension of 2-chloroadenine (1.7 g, 10.18 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added K2CO3 (1.4 g, 10.18 mmol), 2-bromomethylbenzonitrile (2 g, 10.18 mmol). The reaction was reacted at 80° C. After the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, and then the precipitate was collected. The solid was washed by water, then ether ester. The product (12) was dried under high vacuum. MS: 285 (MH+).
  • Compound 13
  • To a flask with n-BuOH (10 ml), was added NaH (60%, 840 mg, 21 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 min. Then compound 12 (2.4 g, 8.4 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to react at 120° C. for about half an hour. Then the reaction mixture was cooled, washed with saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated down, and the residue (13) was purified by silica gel column, using DCM/MeOH as solvent. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO) δ: 0.90 (t, 3H), 1.33-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.67 (m, 2H), 4.19 (t, 2H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 7.22 (s, 2H), 7.52-7.84 (m, 4H), 8.06 (s, 1H); 323 (MH+).
  • Example AD was prepared from Compound 13 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that Compound 10 was replaced with Compound 13.
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.76-1.1.83 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.17 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.54 (t, 2H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 7.48-7.60 (m, 4H); MS: 411 (MH+).
  • Examples AE, AF, AG and AH were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AD except that the appropriate iodide was used during the 7-N alkylation step to make the corresponding compounds.
  • Example AE
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00101
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.47-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.77-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.16 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.47 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.56 (t, 2H), 4.70 (s, 2H), 5.08-5.26 (m, 4H), 5.98-6.07 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.63 (m, 4H); MS: 437 (MH+).
  • Example AF
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00102
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 0.41-0.42 (m, 2H), 0.53-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.53-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.17 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.97 (d, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.55 (t, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 7.50-7.61 (m, 4H); MS: 451 (MH+).
  • Example AG
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00103
  • 1H (CD3OD) δ: 0.90-1.01 (m, 6H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.00-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.17 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.44-3.47 (m, 2H), 4.04 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.56 (t, 2H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 7.46-7.61 (m, 2H); MS: 439 (MH+).
  • Example AH
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00104
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 0.99 (t, 3H), 1.46-1.54 (m, 2H), 1.59 (d, 6H), 1.77-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.00-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.18 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.49 (m, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.55 (t, 3H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.48-7.60 (m, 4H); MS: 439 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AI
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00105
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00106
  • Compound 14 was prepared using the procedures similar to those used to prepare Compound 13 except that cyclobutanol was used instead of n-BuOH. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.61-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.44 (m, 4H), 5.13-5.18 (m, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 5.94 (s, 2H), 7.44-7.64 (m, 5H); MS: 321 (MH+).
  • Example AI was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 12, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC. The spectral data of the intermediates and Example AC are shown below.
  • Compound 15
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.62-1.88 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.45 (m, 4H), 5.14-5.16 (m, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 6.23 (s, 2H), 7.44-7.65 (m, 4H); MS: 399 (MH+).
  • Compounds 16
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.52-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.96-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.38 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 5.01-5.08 (m, 3H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 7.32-7.56 (m, 4H); MS: 351 (MH+).
  • Compound 17
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.68-1.88 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.37 (m, 4H), 5.00-5.02 (m, 2H), 5.19-5.20 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.68 (m, 4H); MS: 337 (MH+).
  • Example AI
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.73-2.28 (m, 8H), 2.44-2.48 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.20 (m, 2H), 4.44-4.48 (m, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 5.25-5.34 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.59 (m, 4H); MS: 395 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AJ
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00107
    Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00108
  • Example AJ was prepared using the procedures shown in scheme 13, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC. The spectral data of the intermediates and Example AJ are listed below.
  • Compound 18
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 1.47-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.74 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.16 (t, 2H), 7.05 (s, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 12.55 (bs, 1H); MS: 224 (MH+).
  • Compound 19
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.65-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.87 (m, 2H), 3.69 (t, 2H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 6.52 (s, 2H), 7.39-7.68 (m, 5H); MS: 339 (MH+).
  • Compound 20
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.70-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.87 (m, 2H), 3.69 (t, 2H), 4.32 (t, 2H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 7.39-7.63 (m, 4H); MS: 419 (MH+).
  • Compound 21
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.70-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.87 (m, 2H), 3.69 (t, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 4.29 (t, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 5.81 (s, 2H), 7.37-7.61 (m, 4H); MS: 369 (MH+).
  • Compound 22
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.69-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.91 (m, 2H), 3.63 (t, 2H), 4.56 (t, 2H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 7.56-7.82 (4H); MS: 355 (MH+).
  • Example AJ
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.66-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.18 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 4.38 (t, 2H), 4.58 (t, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 7.47-7.61 (m, 4H); MS: 413 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AK and Example AL
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00109
  • Example AK and Example AL were prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 14, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC. The bromide (23) used in the first step was made by treating the corresponding benzenemethyl compound with NBS in acetonitrile at room temperature or at 40° C. The spectral data of intermediates and Example AK and Example AL are listed below.
  • Compound 23
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.75 (t, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 5.85 (s, 2H), 7.47-7.65 (m, 4H); MS: 359 (MH+).
  • Compound 24
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 5.38 (s, 2H), 7.58-7.62 (m, 2H), 7.84 (s, 1H); MS: 437 (MH+).
  • Compound 25
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.74 (t, 2H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 4.44 (t, 2H), 5.06 (s, 2H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 7.42-7.61 (m, 3H); MS: 389 (MH+).
  • Compound 26
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.72-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.09 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 2H), 5.00 (s, 2H), 5.48 (s, 2H), 7.45-7.62 (m, 3H); MS: 385 (MH+).
  • Example AK
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.02-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.23 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.76 (t, 2H), 4.63 (t, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 7.52-7.59 (m, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1H); MS: 433 (MH+).
  • Example AL
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.01-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.19 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 4.44-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.77 (t, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 4.66 (t, 2H), 5.03 (s, 2H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.52-7.58 (m, 2H); MS: 429 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AM
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00110
  • Example AM was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 15, and similar to the procedures used to prepare Example AC. The spectral data of the intermediates and Example AM are listed below.
  • Compound 27
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.73 (t, 2H), 4.45 (t, 2H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 7.36 (t, 1H), 7.78-7.87 (m, 2H), 8.01 (s, 1H); MS: 343 (MH+).
  • Compound 28
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.72 (t, 2H), 4.44 (t, 2H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.67-7.79 (m, 2H); MS: 421 (MH+).
  • Compound 29
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.73 (t, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 4.46 (t, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 6.94 (d, 1H), 7.14 (s, 1H), 7.60 (dd, 1H); MS: 385 (MH+).
  • Example AM
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.97-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.16 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.72 (t, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 4.27 (s, 2H), 4.56 (t, 2H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, 1H); MS: 429 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example AN
  • Example AN was prepared using the procedures shown in Scheme 16, and similar to those used to prepare Example AC. The spectral data of intermediates and Example AN are listed below.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00111
  • Compound 30
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.73 (t, 2H), 4.47 (t, 2H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 7.35 (t, 1H), 7.72-7.86 (m, 2H), 8.03 (s, 1H); MS: 343 (MH+).
  • Compound 31
  • 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 3.44 (s, 3H), 3.77 (t, 2H), 4.53 (s, 2H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 6.11 (bs, 2H), 7.21-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.64-7.68 (m, 2H); MS: 421 (MH+).
  • Compound 32
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.00-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.17 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.22 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.74 (t, 2H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 4.54 (t, 2H), 5.39 (s, 2H), 7.29 (t, 1H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 2H); MS: 479 (MH+).
  • Example AN
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.01-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.20 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.51-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.76-3.79 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.66-4.69 (m, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 7.27 (t, 1H), 7.61-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.72 (m, 1H); MS: 417 (MH+).
  • Example AO was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AM (Scheme 15), except that in the first step, 1-bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane was used to alkylate Compound 1. The product obtained from the first step was then taken through the remaining steps described in Scheme 15 to give Example AO. 1-Bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane was synthesized using a two-step procedure by first reducing 3-acetylbenzonitrile to 1-(3-cyanophenyl)-ethanol, followed by conversion to 1-bromo-(3-cyanophenyl)ethane. Examples AP, AQ, AR, and AS were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AN (Scheme 16) by using an appropriate bromide in the first alkylation step. For compound AP, Na(CN)3BH was used instead of Na(OAc)3BH during the reductive amination. The structure and spectral data of these compounds are listed below.
  • Example AO
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00112
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.00-2.20 (m, 7H), 3.12-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.38 (S, 3H), 3.44-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.74 (t, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.56-4.64 (m, 2H), 5.78 (q, 1H), 7.48-7.69 (m, 4H); MS: 413 (MH+).
  • Example AP
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00113
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.72 (d, 3H), 1.92-2.18 (m, 4H), 2.92-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.19-3.29 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.84 (m, 3H), 4.40 (q, 1H), 4.64-4.67 (m, 2H), 5.10-5.13 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.64 (m, 4H); MS: 413 (MH+).
  • Example AQ
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00114
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 2.00-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.19 (m, 2H), 3.16-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.74-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.65 (t, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 7.90-7.92 (m, 3H); MS: 467 (MH+).
  • Example AR
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00115
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 3.20-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.86-3.87 (m, 2H), 4.00-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.65-4.68 (m, 2H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 7.90-7.97 (m, 3H); MS: 483 (MH+).
  • Example AS
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00116
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.54-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 5H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.76 (m, 2H), 4.39 (s, 2H), 4.66 (t, 2H), 5.20 (2H), 7.87-7.93 (m, 3H); MS: 481 (MH+).
  • Examples AT, AU, AV, and AW were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example W except that NMP was used as the solvent and different alcohols were used instead of butanol. For Example AT, the first step was conducted at 200° C.
  • Example AT
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00117
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) 8:1.84-1.97 (m, 4H), 2.98-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.29 (m, 2H), 4.30 (dd, 2H), 4.80-4.90 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.54 (m, 4H), 10.70 (s, 1H); MS: 423 (MH+).
  • Example AU
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00118
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.05-0.07 (m, 2H), 0.38-0.40 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.76 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.98 (m, 4H), 2.97-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.30 (m, 2H), 4.22-4.30 (m, 4H), 10.65 (s, 1H); MS: 409 (MH+).
  • Example AV
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00119
  • 1H NMR (CD3OD) δ: 1.92-2.20 (m, 11H), 3.15-3.21 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.52 (m, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 7.49-7.60 (m, 4H); MS: 409 (MH+).
  • Example AW
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00120
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.27-0.31 (m, 2H), 0.49-0.61 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.98 (m, 4H), 2.98-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.29 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.31 (m, 4H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 4H), 10.65 (s, 1H); MS: 395 (MH+).
  • Example AX
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00121
  • Example AX was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC, except Compound 1 was replaced with Compound 6. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.13 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (sext, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.63 (quint, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.80-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.91-3.04 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.31 (m, 2H), 4.00 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.21-4.30 (m, 4H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 7.00 (br, 2H), 7.30-7.58 (m, 4H), 11.23 (s, 1H); MS: 425 (MH+).
  • Examples AY, AZ and BA were prepared using the procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that pyrrolidine was replaced with an appropriate amine. For example, pyrrolidine was replaced with cyclohexylmethanamine in Example AZ.
  • Example AY
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00122
  • 1H MNR (DMSO) δ: 1.13 (s, 6H), 2.68-2.74 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 7.10 (br, 2H), 7.49-7.32 (m, 4H), 8.84 (br, 2H), 10.71 (s, 1H); MS: 417 (MH+).
  • Example AZ
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00123
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.94-0.81 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.26 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.77 (m, 6H), 2.66-2.74 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.05-4.15 (m, 2H), 4.26 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 6.84 (br, 2H), 7.32-7.48 (m, 4H), 8.87 (br, 2H), 10.53 (s, 1H); MS: 441 (MH+).
  • Example BA
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00124
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 1.12-1.57 (m, 10H), 2.68-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.06-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 7.30 (br, 2H), 7.32-7.51 (m, 4H), 8.88 (br, 2H), 10.96 (s, 1H); MS: 457 (MH+).
  • Examples BB and BC were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example W, except that the appropriate amine was used for the different compounds.
  • Example BB
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00125
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.36 (sext, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.64 (quint, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.96-3.19 (m, 4H), 3.72-3.92 (m, 4H), 4.22-4.34 (m, 4H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 7.30 (br, 2H), 7.36-7.58 (m, 4H), 11.6 (s, 1H), 11.35 (br, 1H); MS: 314 (MH+).
  • Example BC
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00126
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.88 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.35 (sext, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.62 (quint, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.18 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 7.20 (br, 2H), 7.25-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.76 (s, H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 10.90 (s, 1H); MS: 394 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example BD
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00127
  • Compound 33
  • A sample of the 2-butoxy-8-methoxy-9H-purin-6-amine TFA salt (7.58 g) was dissolved in CH3CN (400 mL) and treated with Cs2CO3 (21.1 g) at 23° C. for 5 min. 3-(bromomethyl)-benzaldehyde (4.27 g) was then added. Once the reaction was gauged complete using LCMS and HPLC, it was filtered through a plug of Na2SO4 over a glass frit. The filtrate was concentrated to an orange solid. A minimum of warm glacial AcOH (30 mL) was used to dissolve the solid with stirring in an oil bath at 80° C. H2O (54 mL) was added slowly with mild stirring. Clouding was persistent, so the reaction was allowed to cool to 23° C. in the oil bath. An orange oil began to coagulate out of the mother liquor. More glacial AcOH (5 mL) was added, but the oil failed to resorb into the mother liquor. The mixture was cooled in a refrigerator overnight, and the orange oil solidified. The mother liquor was decanted away, and almost immediately, white crystals began to grow. These crystals proved to be 95% pure compound 33 (˜1.5 g), which was captured via filtration. The orange solidified oil could be purified on silica gel (DCM:MeOH, 98:2, isocratic gradient), affording 90% pure 33 (yield not determined). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ: 0.97 (t, 3H), 1.46-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.81 (m, 2H), 4.11 (s, 3H), 4.31 (t, 2H), 5.18 (d, 4H), 7.47-7.60 (m, 2H), 7.79-7.86 (m, 2H), 9.99 (s, 1H); MS: 356 (MH+).
  • Example BD
  • To a solution of aldehyde 33 (90 mg) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added 4-fluoropiperidine hydrochloride (106 mg). Glacial AcOH (90 μL) and NaBH(OAc)3 (270 mg) were introduced, and the reaction was stirred at 23° C. for 1.5 h. Once the reaction was gauged complete using LCMS and HPLC analysis, 12 M aq HCl (300 μL) was added. The next day, 1.0 M aq HCl (1.0 mL) was added to aid conversion. Once the reaction had reached completion, the entire reaction was directly purified on a C-18 reversed-phase HPLC column (eluent: 0.5% w/v aq HCl+CH3CN; 5/90 to 100:0), giving amine BD (85.5 mg, 81% yield) as a yellow gum after lyophilization. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, 3H), 1.32-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.12 (m, 5H), 3.07-3.21 (m, 4H), 4.12 (t, 2H), 4.28-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.44 (m, 4H), 10.04 (bs, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H); MS: 429 (MH+).
  • Examples BE and BF were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BD, except that the appropriate amine was used for different examples and that the reductive amination step to make example BF was conducted at 80° C.
  • Example BE
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00128
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.33-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.68 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.38 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.99 (m, 4H), 4.28 (t, 2H), 4.91 (s, 2H), 7.30-7.42 (m, 4H), 11.01 (bs, 1H), 11.13 (s, 1H); MS: 383 (MH+).
  • Example BF
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00129
  • 1H NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, 3H), 1.35-1.42 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.62 (m, 2H), 4.13 (t, 2H), 4.29 (d, 2H), 4.86 (s, 2H), 6.49-7.97 (m, 7H), 10.02 (s, 1H); MS: 420 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example BG
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00130
  • Compound 34
  • Sodium Hydride (170 mg) was added to an excess of isobutanol (10 mL) until completely dissolved. Nitrile 12 (1.26 g) was added and the mixture stirred at 83° C. overnight. The mixture was poured onto icy water with 2 mL of glacial HOAc and stirred for 5 minutes. Extract with EtOAc (3×100 mL), dry with Na2SO4 and concentrate. Chromatography on silica gel using ISCO combiflash on a 40G column using solid loading and a DCM/20% MeOH in DCM eluent performed with a 4-40% gradient over 10 column volumes gave isobutyl ether 34 (333 mg). (The product was a mixture with corresponding ester from reduction of nitrile which was carried forward and removed later in the reaction sequence). MS: 323 (MH+).
  • Example BG was prepared from Compound 34 using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AI.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 0.91-0.93 (d J=6.6 Hz, 6H); 1.81-2.04 (m, 5H); 3.00 (m, 2H); 3.28 (m, 2H); 3.98-4.01 (d J=6.6 Hz, 2H); 4.28-4.31 (d J=6.3 Hz, 2H); 4.91 (s, 2H); 7.34-7.45 (m, 3H); 7.51-7.53 (d J=7.2 Hz, 1H) 10.75, (bs, 1H); 10.92 (s, 1H). MS: 397 (MH+).
  • Example BH was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that 3,3,3-trifluoropropan-1-ol was used in the first step and that the mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 94° C. for 2.5 h.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00131
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 1.82-1.98 (bd, 8H); 2.68-2.76 (m, 2H); 3.02 (bm, 2H); 3.29 (bm, 2H); 4.29-4.37 (ddd, 4H); 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.36-7.50 (m, 4H); 10.40 (bs, 1H); 10.53 (s, 1H); MS: 437 (MH+).
  • Synthesis of Example BI
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00132
  • To a solution of aldehyde 33 (230 mg) in MeOH (˜10 mL) was added homopiperidine (aka hexamethyleneimine) (270 μL). Glacial AcOH (100 μL) and NaHB(OAc)3 (307 mg) were introduced, and the reaction was stirred at 23° C. for 12 hrs. Once the reaction was determined to be complete using LCMS and HPLC analysis, the crude Schiff base was purified by PREP HPLC. All product fractions were combined, neutralized with an excess of K2CO3, concentrated to remove acetonitrile, and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with Na2SO4 and concentrated to a solid in vacuo. The resulting solid was dissolved in minimal CH3CN and conc. HCl (900 μL) was added and stirred at 23° C. for 30 minutes, then the entire reaction was directly purified on a Preparative C-18 reversed-phase HPLC column (eluent: 0.5% w/v aq HCl+CH3CN; 1-40% CH3CN in water over 20 minutes), giving amine Example BI (18 mg) as a lyophilized HCl salt.
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 0.89 (t, 3H), 1.32-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.64 (m, 6H), 1.75-1.77 (m, 4H), 2.98-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.21-3.26 (m, 2H), 4.18 (t, 2H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 7.35-7.54 (m, 4H), 10.22 (bs, 1H), 10.71 (S, 1H); MS: 425 (MH+).
  • Example BJ was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that tetrahydrofuran-3-ol was used in the first step and the reaction mixture was reacted at 94° C. for 2 hrs.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00133
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 1.81-1.98 (bd, 8H); 2.09-2.21 (m, 2H); 3.01 (bm, 2H); 3.31 (bm, 2H); 3.66-3.88 (m, 4H); 4.29-4.31 (d J=6.0 Hz, 2H); 4.89, (s, 2H); 5.27 (bm, 1H); 7.35-7.50 (m, 4H); 10.45 (bs, 1H); 10.59 (s, 1H); MS: 410 (MH+).
  • Example BK was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that (tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methanol was used in the first step and that the reaction mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 94° C. for 2 hrs.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00134
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 1.58-2.01 (m, 8H), 2.87-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.14 (m, 3H), 4.30 (d, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.24-7.50 (m, 4H), 10.20 (bs, 1H), 10.39 (s, 1H); MS: 425 (MH+).
  • Example BL was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropanol was used in the first step and that the reaction mixture reacted in a sealed tube at 95° C. for 9 hrs.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00135
  • 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6 DMSO) δ: 1.80-1.99 (m, 4H), 3.01-3.18 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.32 (m, 2H), 4.30 (d, 2H), 4.91-4.99 (m, 4H), 7.33-7.52 (m, 4H), 10.48 (bs, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H); MS: 472 (MH+).
  • Example BM was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example BG, except that cyclopentanol was used in the first step.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00136
  • 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ: 1.54-1.67 (m, 6H), 1.82-1.98 (m, 6H), 3.01 (m, 2H), 3.29 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.31 (d, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.56 (m, 4H), 10.49 (bs, 1H), 10.63 (s, 1H); MS: 409 (MH+).
  • Example BN was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that Compound 2 was reacted directly with 1-methylpiperazine (i.e., bromination of the 8-position of the puring ring was not carried out).
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00137
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.33-7.17 (m, 6H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 4.31 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.60 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 2.75-2.30 (m, 8H), 2.40 (s, 3H). MS: 412 (MH+)
  • Similarly, Example BO was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A, except that Compound 2 was reacted directly with pyrrolidine (and bromination of the 8-position of the puring ring was not carried out).
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00138
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 0.33-0.34 (m, 2H), 0.51-0.55 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.96 (m, 4H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.28 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.29 (m, 4H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 7.40-7.59 (m, 4H), 8.54 (s, 1H); MS: 379 (MH+).
  • Examples BP, BQ, BR, BS, and BT were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example A except that pyrrolidine was replaced with the appropriate amine for each of these examples.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00139
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.23 (br, 1H), 10.69 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.10 (br, 2H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.27 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.56 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.40-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 3.12-3.01 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.22 (m, 4H). MS: 449 (MH+)
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00140
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.63 (s, 1H), 9.94 (br, 2H), 7.49-7.34 (m, 4H), 6.94 (br, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.27 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.99 (q, J=18.9 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H). MS: 427 (MH+)
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00141
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.80 (s, 1H), 9.79 (br, 2H), 7.56-7.43 (m, 4H), 7.05 (br, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.68-4.58 (m, 2H), 4.28 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.45 (m, 8H), 3.27 (s, 3H), 3.22-3.13 (m, 2H), 2.99 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 2H). MS: 442 (MH+)
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00142
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.41 (br, 1H), 10.75 (s, 1H), 9.58 (br, 1H), 9.42 (br, 1H), 7.60-7.34 (m, 4H), 7.10 (br, 2H), 4.89 (s, 2H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 4.30 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.68-3.10 (m, 8H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.10 (m, 2H). MS: 428 (MH+)
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00143
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 11.95 (br, 1H), 10.88 (s, 1H), 9.69 (br, 2H), 7.60-7.35 (m, 4H), 7.20 (br, 2H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.32 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.55-3.10 (m, 8H), 3.26 (s, 3H). MS: 414 (MH+)
  • Examples BU and BV were prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that bis(cyclopropylmethyl) amine or cyclopropylmethanamine was used instead of pyrrolidine.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00144
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 10.46 (br, 1H), 7.60-7.33 (m, 4H), 6.80 (br, 2H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.39 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (q, J=6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.84 (m, 4H), 1.12 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.53 (m, 4H), 0.38-0.28 (m, 4H). MS: 481 (MH+)
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00145
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO) δ: 9.14 (br, 2H), 7.50-7.28 (m, 4H), 6.71 (br, 2H), 4.92 (s, 2H), 4.27 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H) 4.05-3.93 (m, 4H), 3.58 (t, J=4.5 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 2H), 1.13 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.00 (m, 1H), 0.58-0.51 (m, 2H), 0.35-0.29 (m, 2H). MS: 427 (MH+)
  • Example BW was prepared using procedures similar to those used to prepare Example AC except that 4-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile is used to alkylate Compound 1 instead of 3-(bromomethyl)benzonitrile, and subsequently, the corresponding analog of Compound 8 was hydrolyzed to 4-((6-amino-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzonitrile without reaction with ethyl iodide, and the corresponding 4-((6-amino-8-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-9H-purin-9-yl)methyl)benzaldehyde was the reacted with pyrrolidine.
  • Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00146
  • 1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ: 1.82-1.99 (m, 4H), 3.01-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.28 (m, 5H), 3.59 (t, 2H), 4.28-4.31 (m, 4H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.34-7.55 (m, 4H), 10.59 (bs, 2H); MS: 399 (MH+).
  • TLR7 Reporter Assay protocol
  • A. HEK293 Assay 1. Cell Culture:
  • HEK293 cells stably transfected with the human TLR7 gene and a pNiFty™ NF-κB inducible luciferase reporter plasmid were obtained from Invivogen (San Diego, Calif.). DMEM/F12 medium, fetal bovine serum (FBS), Penicillin-Streptomycin (Pen-Strep), Blasticidin and Zeocine were from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.). The HEK293/TLR7/Luciferase cell line was constructed by transfecting stably the HEK293/TLR7 cells with the pNiFty plasmid. Cells were grown in the DMEM/F12 medium with 10% heat-inactivated FBS, supplemented with 1× Pen-Strep, 10 μg/mL Blasticidin and 5 μg/mL Zeocin.
  • 2. Assay Procedure:
  • For the determination of the EC50 and Emax values of TLR7 agonists in the reporter assay, 20 μL of 2× test concentration of serial diluted compound in cell culture medium was added to each well of a white, clear-bottomed 384-well cell culture plate from Corning (Corning, N.Y.). To this plate, 20 μL of cell culture medium containing 12,000 HEK293/TLR7/Luciferase cells was dispensed to each well. The plate was then placed in incubator (37° C. and 5% CO2) and incubated for 2 days. After the incubation, 40 μL of the pre-mixed lysis buffer/luciferase substrate solution was dispensed into each well. The lysis buffer (5×) and luciferase substrate was obtained from Promega (Madison, Wis.) and they were mixed at 2:3 (v/v) ratio immediately prior to use. After 10 minutes of incubation at room temperature, the luminescence signal was measured using a VictorLight plate reader (Perkin Elmer, Wellesley, Mass.) with an integration time of 0.1 seconds per sample.
  • Data analysis was performed with Prism software from GraphPad (San Diego, Calif.) using a single site binding algorithm. The maximum signal for each test compound (Emax) was normalized with the maximum signal for the positive control, Resiquimod, on each plate. The concentration of a compound that corresponds to 50% of the maximum signal is defined as the EC50.
  • The compounds of the present invention have HCV EC50 values (μM) in the range of about 0.01 to about 1000, or about 0.1 to about 500, or about 0.1 to about 300, or about 0.1 to about 200, or about 0.1 to about 100, or about 0.1 to about 50, or less than about 500, or less than about 400, or less than about 300, or less than about 200, or less than about 100, or less than about 50, or less than about 20, or less than about 10.
  • B. PBMC Assay
  • Assays were conducted to determine cytokine stimulation at 24 hours from human Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cell (PMBC) using the compounds of the present invention. The assays were run in duplicate, with 8-point, half-log dilution curves. The compounds of the present invention were diluted from 10 μM DMSO solution. Cell supernatants are assayed directly for IFNα and 1:10 dilution for TNFα. The assays were performed in a similar fashion as described in Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 16, 4559, (2006). Specifically, cryo-preserved PBMCs were thawed and seeded 96 well plates with 750,000 cells/well in 190 μL/well cell media. The PBMCs were then incubated for 1 hour at 37° C. at 5% CO2. Then, the compounds of the present invention were added in 10 μL cell media at 8 point, half-log dilution titration. The plates were incubated at 37° C. and 5% CO2 for 24 hours and then spinned at 1200 rpm for 10 min, which was followed by collecting supernatant and storing the same at −80° C. Cytokine secretion was assayed with Luminex and Upstate multi-plex kits, using a Luminex analysis instrument. IFN ECmax value for a compound was the concentration at which the compound stimulated maximum IFN α production as determined using the assay method above.
  • The compounds of the present invention have IFN ECmax values (nM) in the range of about 0.1 to about 10,000, or about 0.1 to about 1,000, or about 0.1 to about 300, or about 0.1 to about 100, or about 0.1 to about 10, or about 0.1 to about 5, or about 0.1 to about 1, or less than about 5000, or less than about 3000, or less than about 1000, or less than about 500, or less than about 400, or less than about 300, or less than about 200, or less than about 100, or less than about 50, or less than about 20, or less than about 10, or less than about 5, or less than about 1. Examples A, C, D, F, J, N, R, W, Y, AI, AJ, AQ, AS, AU, AV, AW, AZ, BE, BG, BH, and BM have IFN ECmax values (nM) of less than about 5.

Claims (4)

1. A method for treating or preventing a viral infection comprising:
administering, to a patient in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of at least one of a compound of Formula I or II:
Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00147
wherein:
X1 is —NH—, —O—, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, carbocyclylene, substituted carbocyclylene, heterocyclylene, or substituted heterocyclylene;
D is carbocyclylene or heterocyclylene;
each L1 is independently alkylene or substituted alkylene;
each R1 is independently —NR4R5;
m is 1 or 2;
L2 is a covalent bond, —NH—, —O—, or —S—;
R2 is H, halo, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
—C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2R7, —S(O)R7, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl;
n is an integer from 0 to 5; and
with the following provisos:
(a) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene, R3-L3- is CHSCH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not: (1) a 4-substituted or 4,4-disubstituted piperidine or piperazine (2) —NHCH3;
(b) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-piperidinylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then neither R4 nor R5 are substituted alkyl, substituted heterocycyl, substituted benzyl; and
(c) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 2,5-pyridylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not pyrrolyl, piperazyl, N(CH3)2,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
co-administering at least one additional active agent selected from the group consisting of interferons, ribavirin or its analogs, HCV NS3 protease inhibitors, alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors, hepatoprotectants, nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase, HCV NS5A inhibitors, TLR-7 agonists, cyclophillin inhibitors, HCV IRES inhibitors, pharmacokinetic enhancers, and other drugs for treating HCV, or mixtures thereof.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the at least one additional active agent is selected from the group consisting of:
(1) interferons selected from the group consisting of pegylated rIFN-alpha 2b (PEG-Intron), pegylated rIFN-alpha 2a (Pegasys), rIFN-alpha 2b (Intron A), rIFN-alpha 2a (Roferon-A), interferon alpha (MOR-22, OPC-18, Alfaferone, Alfanative, Multiferon, subalin), interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen), interferon alpha-n1 (Wellferon), interferon alpha-n3 (Alferon), interferon-beta (Avonex, DL-8234), interferon-omega (omega DUROS, Biomed 510), albinterferon alpha-2b (Albuferon), IFN alpha-2b XL, BLX-883 (Locteron), DA-3021, glycosylated interferon alpha-2b (AVI-005), PEG-Infergen, PEGylated interferon lambda-1 (PEGylated IL-29), belerofon, and mixtures thereof;
(2) ribavirin and its analogs selected from the group consisting of ribavirin (Rebetol, Copegus), taribavirin (Viramidine), and mixtures thereof;
(3) HCV NS3 protease inhibitors selected from the group consisting of boceprevir (SCH-503034, SCH-7), telaprevir (VX-950), TMC435350, BI-1335, BI-1230, MK-7009, VBY-376, VX-500, BMS-790052, BMS-605339, PHX-1766, AS-101, YH-5258, YH5530, YH5531, ITMN-191, and mixtures thereof;
(4) alpha-glucosidase 1 inhibitors selected from the group consisting of celgosivir (MX-3253), Miglitol, UT-231B, and mixtures thereof;
(5) hepatoprotectants selected from the group consisting of IDN-6556, ME 3738, LB-84451, silibilin, MitoQ, and mixtures thereof;
(6) nucleoside or nucleotide inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of R1626, R7128 (R4048), IDX184, IDX-102, BCX-4678, valopicitabine (NM-283), MK-0608, and mixtures thereof;
(7) non-nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase selected from the group consisting of PF-868554, VCH-759, VCH-916, JTK-652, MK-3281, VBY-708, VCH-222, A848837, ANA-598, GL60667, GL59728, A-63890, A-48773, A-48547, BC-2329, VCH-796 (nesbuvir), GSK625433, BILN-1941, XTL-2125, GS-9190, and mixtures thereof;
(8) HCV NS5A inhibitors selected from the group consisting of AZD-2836 (A-831), A-689, and mixtures thereof;
(9) TLR-7 agonists selected from the group consisting of ANA-975, SM-360320, and mixtures thereof;
(10) cyclophillin inhibitors selected from the group consisting of DEBIO-025, SCY-635, NIM811, and mixtures thereof;
(11) HCV IRES inhibitors selected from the group consisting of MCI-067,
(12) pharmacokinetic enhancers selected from the group consisting of BAS-100, SPI-452, PF-4194477, TMC-41629, roxythromycin, and mixtures thereof; and
(13) other drugs for treating HCV selected from the group consisting of thymosin alpha 1 (Zadaxin), nitazoxanide (Alinea, NTZ), BIVN-401 (virostat), PYN-17 (altirex), KPE02003002, actilon (CPG-10101), KRN-7000, civacir, GI-5005, XTL-6865, BIT225, PTX-111, ITX2865, TT-033i, ANA 971, NOV-205, tarvacin, EHC-18, VGX-410C, EMZ-702, AVI 4065, BMS-650032, BMS-791325, Bavituximab, MDX-1106 (ONO-4538), Oglufanide, VX-497 (merimepodib), and mixtures thereof.
4. A method of agonizing toll-like receptor 7, comprising:
contacting a cell having a toll-like receptor 7 with an effective amount of a compound of Formula I or II:
Figure US20120244121A1-20120927-C00148
wherein:
X1 is —NH—, —O—, alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynylene, substituted alkynylene, carbocyclylene, substituted carbocyclylene, heterocyclylene, or substituted heterocyclylene;
D is carbocyclylene or heterocyclylene;
each L1 is independently alkylene or substituted alkylene;
each R1 is independently —NR4R5;
m is 1 or 2;
L2 is a covalent bond, —NH—, —O—, or —S—;
R2 is H, halo, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, arylalkyl, substituted arylalkyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl,
—C(O)R6, —C(O)OR6, —C(O)NR7R8, —S(O)OR7, —S(O)NR7R8, —S(O)2R7, —S(O)R7, —S(O)2OR7, or —S(O)2NR7R8;
L3 is —NH—, —O—, —S—, —N(R9)C(O)—, —S(O)2—, —S(O)—, or a covalent bond;
R3 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, substituted heterocyclylalkyl, —C(O)H, —C(O)R3, —S(O)R3, —S(O)2R3, —C(O)OR3, or —C(O)NR7R8; or
R4 and R5, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R6 is alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, heteroalkyl, substituted heteroalkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R7 and R8 are each independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl; or
R7 and R8, taken together with the nitrogen to which they are both bonded, form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle;
R9 is H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, carbocyclyl, substituted carbocyclyl, carbocyclylalkyl, substituted carbocyclylalkyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, or substituted heterocyclylalkyl;
R10 is halogen, cyano, azido, nitro, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxyl, amino, heteroalkyl, or substituted heteroalkyl;
n is an integer from 0 to 5; and
with the following provisos:
(a) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not: (1) a 4-substituted or 4,4-disubstituted piperidine or piperazine (2) —NHCH3;
(b) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 1,4-phenylene or 1,4-piperidinylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then neither R4 nor R5 are substituted alkyl, substituted heterocycyl, substituted benzyl; and
(c) When X1 is —CH2—, D is 2,5-pyridylene, R3-L3- is CH3CH2CH2CH2O— or CH3—O—CH2CH2—O, n=0, m=1, then NR4R5 is not pyrrolyl, piperazyl, N(CH3)2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, and/or ester thereof.
US13/490,696 2007-06-29 2012-06-07 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7 Abandoned US20120244121A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/490,696 US20120244121A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-06-07 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US14/158,595 US8993755B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-17 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US14/626,738 US9611268B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2015-02-19 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US93772607P 2007-06-29 2007-06-29
US95971407P 2007-07-16 2007-07-16
US12/215,598 US7968544B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2008-06-26 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US13/153,340 US20110236348A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2011-06-03 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US13/490,696 US20120244121A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-06-07 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/153,340 Continuation US20110236348A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2011-06-03 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/158,595 Continuation US8993755B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-17 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20120244121A1 true US20120244121A1 (en) 2012-09-27

Family

ID=39789972

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/215,598 Active 2029-03-27 US7968544B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2008-06-26 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US13/153,340 Abandoned US20110236348A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2011-06-03 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US13/490,696 Abandoned US20120244121A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-06-07 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US14/158,595 Active US8993755B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-17 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US14/626,738 Active US9611268B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2015-02-19 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/215,598 Active 2029-03-27 US7968544B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2008-06-26 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US13/153,340 Abandoned US20110236348A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2011-06-03 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/158,595 Active US8993755B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-01-17 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
US14/626,738 Active US9611268B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2015-02-19 Modulators of toll-like receptor 7

Country Status (22)

Country Link
US (5) US7968544B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2170888B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5395068B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101561710B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101784548B (en)
AP (1) AP2706A (en)
AR (1) AR067182A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2008271127C1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0813952A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2691444C (en)
CO (1) CO6251258A2 (en)
EA (2) EA024359B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP109905A (en)
ES (1) ES2541434T3 (en)
IL (1) IL202622A (en)
MX (1) MX2009013832A (en)
NZ (1) NZ582090A (en)
PL (1) PL2170888T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2170888E (en)
SI (1) SI2170888T1 (en)
TW (1) TWI434849B (en)
WO (1) WO2009005687A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (271)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI392678B (en) * 2004-03-26 2013-04-11 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co 9-substituted-8-oxoadenine compound
AU2006242475B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2011-07-07 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
EA200702235A1 (en) * 2005-05-04 2008-04-28 Пфайзер Лимитед DERIVATIVES OF 2-AMIDO-6-AMINO-8-OXOPURIN AS MODULATORS OF TOLL-SIMILAR RECEPTORS FOR TREATING CANCER AND VIRAL INFECTIONS, SUCH AS HEPATITIS C
CA2615896C (en) 2005-08-01 2012-11-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Macrocyclic peptides as hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
JP2009504803A (en) * 2005-08-22 2009-02-05 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア TLR agonist
US20090118263A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-05-07 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Novel Adenine Compound
GB0609492D0 (en) 2006-05-15 2006-06-21 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
EP2029597A4 (en) * 2006-05-31 2011-11-23 Univ California ANALOGUES OF THE PURINE
GB0612423D0 (en) 2006-06-23 2006-08-02 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
JP2009542645A (en) * 2006-07-05 2009-12-03 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ 8-oxoadenine derivatives acting as modulators of TLR7
AU2007309488B2 (en) 2006-10-24 2012-10-11 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
EP2076278B1 (en) 2006-10-24 2015-05-06 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Macrocyclic HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
US8138164B2 (en) 2006-10-24 2012-03-20 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
JP5268927B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2013-08-21 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーション HCV NS3 protease inhibitor
CN101568346B (en) 2006-10-27 2015-11-25 默沙东公司 HCV NS3 protease inhibitor
TW200831105A (en) * 2006-12-14 2008-08-01 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
AU2007335962B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-09-06 Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti Spa Antiviral indoles
GB0625349D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
GB0625345D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
DK2510946T3 (en) 2007-02-07 2015-11-02 Univ California Conjugates of synthetic fluorescent agonists and their applications
WO2008101867A1 (en) * 2007-02-19 2008-08-28 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives as immunomodulators
ATE530549T1 (en) * 2007-03-19 2011-11-15 Astrazeneca Ab 9-SUBSTITUTED 8-OXOADENINE COMPOUNDS AS MODULATORS OF THE TOLL-LIKE RECEPTOR (TLR7)
JP5480637B2 (en) * 2007-03-19 2014-04-23 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ 9-Substituted-8-oxo-adenine compounds as TOLL-like receptor (TLR7) modulators
US8044056B2 (en) * 2007-03-20 2011-10-25 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Adenine compound
PE20081887A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2009-01-16 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co NEW ADENINE COMPOUND
DK2155743T3 (en) * 2007-05-08 2012-11-05 Astrazeneca Ab Imidazoquinolines with immunomodulatory properties
MX2009013832A (en) * 2007-06-29 2010-03-10 Gilead Sciences Inc Purine derivatives and their use as modulators of toll-like receptor 7.
JP2010533698A (en) 2007-07-17 2010-10-28 イステイチユート・デイ・リチエルケ・デイ・ビオロジア・モレコラーレ・ピ・アンジエレツテイ・エツセ・ピー・アー Macrocyclic indole derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis C infection
JP5433573B2 (en) 2007-07-19 2014-03-05 イステイチユート・デイ・リチエルケ・デイ・ビオロジア・モレコラーレ・ピ・アンジエレツテイ・エツセ・エルレ・エルレ Macrocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
UY31531A1 (en) 2007-12-17 2009-08-03 SALTS DERIVED FROM 8-OXOADENINE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND THEIR USE IN THERAPY AS TOLL TYPE RECEIVER MODULATORS (TLR)
WO2009091031A1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Method for producing adenine compound
WO2009091032A1 (en) * 2008-01-17 2009-07-23 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Method for producing adenine compound
CA2713438A1 (en) * 2008-02-07 2009-08-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Treatment of bladder diseases with a tlr7 activator
CN102014911A (en) 2008-04-28 2011-04-13 默沙东公司 HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
DK2310095T3 (en) 2008-07-22 2012-12-10 Merck Sharp & Dohme MACROCYCLIC QUINOXALIN COMPOUNDS AS HCV-NS3 PROTEASE INHIBITORS
UA103195C2 (en) 2008-08-11 2013-09-25 Глаксосмитклайн Ллк PURCHASE DERIVATIVES FOR THE APPLICATION IN THE TREATMENT OF ALLERGIES, INFLAMMATORY AND INFECTIOUS DISEASES
NZ612380A (en) 2008-12-09 2015-01-30 Gilead Sciences Inc Modulators of toll-like receptors
WO2010088924A1 (en) 2009-02-06 2010-08-12 Telormedix Sa Pharmaceutical compositions comprising imidazoquinolin(amines) and derivatives thereof suitable for local administration
SG173617A1 (en) * 2009-02-11 2011-09-29 Univ California Toll-like receptor modulators and treatment of diseases
CA2987743A1 (en) 2009-03-13 2010-09-16 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, K.U.Leuven R&D Purine derivatives and their use as immunosuppressive agents
AR077139A1 (en) * 2009-06-23 2011-08-03 Gilead Sciences Inc PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS USEFUL TO TREAT VCH
TW201113279A (en) * 2009-06-23 2011-04-16 Gilead Sciences Inc Pharmaceutical compositions useful for treating HCV
DK2448938T5 (en) 2009-06-29 2015-10-05 Incyte Corp Pyrimidinones AS PI3K inhibitors
US8828930B2 (en) 2009-07-30 2014-09-09 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hepatitis C virus NS3 protease inhibitors
EP2477987B1 (en) * 2009-09-14 2018-01-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modulators of toll-like receptors
WO2011049825A1 (en) * 2009-10-22 2011-04-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
EP2507237A1 (en) * 2009-12-03 2012-10-10 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Imidazoquinolines which act via toll - like receptors (tlr)
US8759359B2 (en) 2009-12-18 2014-06-24 Incyte Corporation Substituted heteroaryl fused derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
WO2011075630A1 (en) * 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 Incyte Corporation Substituted fused aryl and heteroaryl derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
US20110150836A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-23 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods of treating hbv and hcv infection
MX2012008652A (en) * 2010-01-29 2012-08-23 Vertex Pharma Therapies for treating hepatitis c virus infection.
AR081823A1 (en) 2010-04-14 2012-10-24 Incyte Corp FUSIONATED DERIVATIVES AS PI3Kd INHIBITORS
CA2797315C (en) 2010-04-30 2018-09-11 Telormedix Sa Phospholipid drug analogs
US9050319B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2015-06-09 Telormedix, Sa Phospholipid drug analogs
GB201012889D0 (en) 2010-08-02 2010-09-15 Univ Leuven Kath Antiviral activity of novel bicyclic heterocycles
US9062055B2 (en) 2010-06-21 2015-06-23 Incyte Corporation Fused pyrrole derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
GB201015411D0 (en) 2010-09-15 2010-10-27 Univ Leuven Kath Anti-cancer activity of novel bicyclic heterocycles
CN103370317B (en) 2010-12-16 2015-10-07 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl derivatives useful in therapy
JP5978226B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2016-08-24 大日本住友製薬株式会社 Purine derivatives
US20130273005A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2013-10-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for treating hcv
AR084366A1 (en) 2010-12-20 2013-05-08 Incyte Corp N- (1- (REPLACED PHENYL) ETIL) -9H-PURIN-6-AMINAS AS PI3K INHIBITORS
WO2012125629A1 (en) 2011-03-14 2012-09-20 Incyte Corporation Substituted diamino-pyrimidine and diamino-pyridine derivatives as pi3k inhibitors
US9126948B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2015-09-08 Incyte Holdings Corporation Pyrimidine-4,6-diamine derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
JP2014510743A (en) * 2011-03-31 2014-05-01 シェファー、コンスタンツェ Perfluorinated compounds for non-viral introduction of nucleic acids
SI3590928T1 (en) 2011-04-08 2021-10-29 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Co Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of viral infections
LT2734186T (en) 2011-07-22 2018-12-10 Glaxosmithkline Llc Composition
WO2013030750A1 (en) 2011-09-01 2013-03-07 Lupin Limited Antiviral compounds
HRP20170285T1 (en) 2011-09-02 2017-04-21 Incyte Holdings Corporation Heterocyclylamines as pi3k inhibitors
WO2013040492A2 (en) 2011-09-16 2013-03-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Methods for treating hcv
DE102011116417A1 (en) 2011-10-18 2013-04-18 Kurt Lucas Cinnamon bark extract useful for treating symptoms including e.g. chronic rhinitis, secretion production with metallic, sour taste, inflammation of the paranasal sinuses, swelling of the nasal passages, seizure-like sneezing
PH12014501045B1 (en) * 2011-11-09 2019-01-16 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Purine derivatives for the treatment of viral infections
CA2858090A1 (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-06-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating gastrointestinal infections and disorders
CA2862755A1 (en) 2012-02-10 2013-08-15 Lupin Limited Antiviral compounds with a dibenzooxaheterocycle moiety
AR090548A1 (en) 2012-04-02 2014-11-19 Incyte Corp BICYCLIC AZAHETEROCICLOBENCILAMINS AS PI3K INHIBITORS
MX360718B (en) * 2012-07-13 2018-11-13 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Macrocyclic purines for the treatment of viral infections.
ES2707885T3 (en) 2012-08-10 2019-04-05 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Co Alkylpyrimidines for the treatment of viral infections and other diseases
WO2014031815A1 (en) 2012-08-24 2014-02-27 Glaxosmithkline Llc Pyrazolopyrimidine compounds
PL2906563T3 (en) 2012-10-10 2018-10-31 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc Pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of viral infections and other diseases
CN102993265B (en) * 2012-10-10 2015-05-13 深圳大学 Immunoreceptor Modulator Conjugate, Its Preparation Method and Application, Its Conjugated Precursor and Synthetic Conjugated Precursor Compound
KR102253773B1 (en) 2012-11-16 2021-05-20 얀센 사이언시즈 아일랜드 언리미티드 컴퍼니 Heterocyclic substituted 2-amino-quinazoline derivatives for the treatment of viral infections
WO2014081644A1 (en) 2012-11-20 2014-05-30 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel compounds
AU2013348216B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2016-10-13 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel compounds
RS56233B1 (en) 2012-11-20 2017-11-30 Glaxosmithkline Llc NEW UNITS
EP2950786B1 (en) 2013-01-31 2019-11-27 Gilead Pharmasset LLC Combination formulation of two antiviral compounds
EP2958900B1 (en) 2013-02-21 2019-04-10 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of viral infections
JP6336036B2 (en) 2013-03-29 2018-06-06 ヤンセン・サイエンシズ・アイルランド・ユーシー Macrocyclic deazaprinone for the treatment of viral infections
EP3004074B1 (en) 2013-05-24 2017-10-25 Janssen Sciences Ireland UC Pyridone derivatives for the treatment of viral infections and further diseases
US10385054B2 (en) 2013-06-27 2019-08-20 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of viral infections and other diseases
DK3027624T3 (en) 2013-07-30 2019-01-07 Janssen Sciences Ireland Uc THIENO [3,2-D] PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES FOR TREATING VIRUS INFECTIONS
ES2877050T3 (en) * 2014-05-01 2021-11-16 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as toll-like receptor 7 agonists
SG11201608299TA (en) 2014-05-01 2016-11-29 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions as toll-like receptor 7 agonists
US10077277B2 (en) 2014-06-11 2018-09-18 Incyte Corporation Bicyclic heteroarylaminoalkyl phenyl derivatives as PI3K inhibitors
TWI733652B (en) 2014-07-11 2021-07-21 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Modulators of toll-like receptors for the treatment of hiv
PT3190113T (en) 2014-08-15 2021-06-17 Chai Tai Tianqing Pharmaceutical Group Co Ltd Pyrrolopyrimidine compounds used as tlr7 agonist
ES2835717T3 (en) 2014-09-16 2021-06-23 Gilead Sciences Inc Solid forms of a Toll-type receptor modulator
CA2972259A1 (en) 2014-12-26 2016-06-30 Emory University N4-hydroxycytidine and derivatives and anti-viral uses related thereto
MX373232B (en) 2015-02-27 2020-05-08 Incyte Holdings Corp SALTS OF THE PHOSPHOINOSITIDE 3-KINASE (PI3K) INHIBITOR AND PROCESSES FOR ITS PREPARATION.
WO2016141092A1 (en) 2015-03-04 2016-09-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll-like receptor modulating 4,6-diamino-pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidine compounds
US20180140694A1 (en) 2015-05-04 2018-05-24 Bionor Immuno As Dosage regimen for hiv vaccine
US9988401B2 (en) 2015-05-11 2018-06-05 Incyte Corporation Crystalline forms of a PI3K inhibitor
WO2016183060A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-17 Incyte Corporation Process for the synthesis of a phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitor
WO2017035230A1 (en) 2015-08-26 2017-03-02 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Deuterated toll-like receptor modulators
MY186414A (en) 2015-12-15 2021-07-22 Gilead Sciences Inc Human immunodeficiency virus neutralizing antibodies
JP2019500368A (en) 2015-12-17 2019-01-10 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド TANK binding kinase inhibitor compounds
CN107043380A (en) 2016-02-05 2017-08-15 正大天晴药业集团股份有限公司 A kind of maleate of TLR7 activators, its crystal formation C, crystal formation D, crystal formation E, preparation method and purposes
TWI746545B (en) * 2016-04-26 2021-11-21 日商大日本住友製藥股份有限公司 Substituted purine derivative
WO2017191546A1 (en) 2016-05-05 2017-11-09 Laurus Labs Private Ltd. Process for the preparation of intermediates useful in the preparation of hepatitis c virus (hcv) inhibitors
US11697851B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2023-07-11 The Regents Of The University Of California Early ovarian cancer detection diagnostic test based on mRNA isoforms
SG11201809893WA (en) 2016-05-27 2018-12-28 Gilead Sciences Inc Methods for treating hepatitis b virus infections using ns5a, ns5b or ns3 inhibitors
BR102017010009A2 (en) 2016-05-27 2017-12-12 Gilead Sciences, Inc. COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS INFECTION
EP3478688A1 (en) 2016-07-01 2019-05-08 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Dihydropyranopyrimidines for the treatment of viral infections
JOP20190024A1 (en) 2016-08-26 2019-02-19 Gilead Sciences Inc Substituted pyrrolizine compounds and uses thereof
HRP20210621T1 (en) 2016-08-29 2021-05-28 F. Hoffmann - La Roche Ag 7-SUBSTITUTED SULPHONIMIDOYLPURINONE COMPOUNDS AND DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT AND PREVENTION OF VIRAL INFECTION
US10640499B2 (en) 2016-09-02 2020-05-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
EP3507276B1 (en) 2016-09-02 2021-11-03 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Toll like receptor modulator compounds
EP3519406B1 (en) 2016-09-29 2022-02-23 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Pyrimidine prodrugs for the treatment of viral infections and further diseases
CN117402852A (en) 2016-10-14 2024-01-16 精密生物科学公司 Engineered meganucleases specific for recognition sequences in hepatitis b virus genomes
US11084818B2 (en) 2016-11-11 2021-08-10 Hepo Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound, preparation method, intermediate, pharmaceutical composition and use
TWI820984B (en) 2017-01-31 2023-11-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Crystalline forms of tenofovir alafenamide
JOP20180008A1 (en) 2017-02-02 2019-01-30 Gilead Sciences Inc Compounds for the treatment of hepatitis b virus infection
WO2018181420A1 (en) 2017-03-29 2018-10-04 大日本住友製薬株式会社 Vaccine adjuvant formulation
JOP20180040A1 (en) 2017-04-20 2019-01-30 Gilead Sciences Inc Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
US10494370B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-12-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having a pyridine or pyrazine moiety, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor
US10508115B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-12-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having heteroatom-linked aromatic moieties, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor
US10457681B2 (en) * 2017-08-16 2019-10-29 Bristol_Myers Squibb Company Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having a tricyclic moiety, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor
US10487084B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-11-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having a heterobiaryl moiety, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor
US10472361B2 (en) 2017-08-16 2019-11-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists having a benzotriazole moiety, conjugates thereof, and methods and uses therefor
WO2019040102A1 (en) 2017-08-22 2019-02-28 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic heterocyclic compounds
WO2019084060A1 (en) 2017-10-24 2019-05-02 Silverback Therapeutics, Inc. Conjugates and methods of use thereof for selective delivery of immune-modulatory agents
JP2021035910A (en) * 2017-11-01 2021-03-04 大日本住友製薬株式会社 Substituted purine compound
MX2020005392A (en) 2017-12-07 2020-12-07 Univ Emory N4-HYDROXYCYTIDINE AND DERIVATIVES AND ANTIVIRAL USES RELATED THERETO.
CN111601822A (en) 2017-12-15 2020-08-28 希沃尔拜克治疗公司 Antibody construct-drug conjugates for the treatment of hepatitis
AU2018392212B9 (en) 2017-12-20 2021-03-18 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Ascr, V.V.I. 2'3' cyclic dinucleotides with phosphonate bond activating the STING adaptor protein
AU2018392213B2 (en) 2017-12-20 2021-03-04 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Ascr, V.V.I. 3'3' cyclic dinucleotides with phosphonate bond activating the STING adaptor protein
EP3730152A4 (en) 2017-12-21 2022-01-12 Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma Co., Ltd. Combination drug including tlr7 agonist
CN111699187A (en) * 2018-02-12 2020-09-22 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Novel sulfone compounds and derivatives for the treatment and prevention of viral infections
KR102586510B1 (en) 2018-02-13 2023-10-12 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Pd-1/pd-l1 inhibitors
JP7050165B2 (en) 2018-02-26 2022-04-07 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Substituted pyrrolidine compounds as HBV replication inhibitors
TW201945003A (en) 2018-03-01 2019-12-01 愛爾蘭商健生科學愛爾蘭無限公司 2,4-diaminoquinazoline derivatives and medical uses thereof
WO2019195181A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antibodies and fragments thereof that bind hepatitis b virus protein x
TWI833744B (en) 2018-04-06 2024-03-01 捷克科學院有機化學與生物化學研究所 3'3'-cyclic dinucleotides
TW202005654A (en) 2018-04-06 2020-02-01 捷克科學院有機化學與生物化學研究所 2'2'-cyclic dinucleotides
TWI818007B (en) 2018-04-06 2023-10-11 捷克科學院有機化學與生物化學研究所 2'3'-cyclic dinucleotides
TW201945388A (en) 2018-04-12 2019-12-01 美商精密生物科學公司 Optimized engineered meganucleases having specificity for a recognition sequence in the hepatitis B virus genome
AU2019255750B2 (en) 2018-04-19 2021-10-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
WO2019209811A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Macrocyclic toll-like receptor 7 (tlr7) agonists
TW202014193A (en) 2018-05-03 2020-04-16 捷克科學院有機化學與生物化學研究所 2’3’-cyclic dinucleotides comprising carbocyclic nucleotide
MX2020012826A (en) 2018-06-01 2021-03-09 Incyte Corp DOSAGE REGIMEN FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISORDERS RELATED TO PHOSPHATIDYLINOSITOL 3-KINASES (PI3K).
HRP20250618T1 (en) 2018-07-03 2025-07-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antibodies that target hiv gp120 and methods of use
AU2019297362B2 (en) 2018-07-06 2022-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic heterocyclic compounds
CA3104398A1 (en) 2018-07-06 2020-01-09 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic heterocyclic compounds
AU2019301811B2 (en) 2018-07-13 2022-05-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors
SG11202100706UA (en) 2018-07-23 2021-03-30 Japan As Represented By Director General Of Nat Institute Of Infectious Diseases Composition containing influenza vaccine
WO2020028097A1 (en) 2018-08-01 2020-02-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of (r)-11-(methoxymethyl)-12-(3-methoxypropoxy)-3,3-dimethyl-8-0x0-2,3,8,13b-tetrahydro-1h-pyrido[2,1-a]pyrrolo[1,2-c] phthalazine-7-c arboxylic acid
US11554120B2 (en) 2018-08-03 2023-01-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists and methods and uses therefor
CN113164618A (en) 2018-09-12 2021-07-23 希沃尔拜克治疗公司 Methods and compositions for treating diseases with immunostimulatory conjugates
CN111072667A (en) * 2018-10-22 2020-04-28 罗欣药业(上海)有限公司 Five-membered or six-membered heterocyclic pyrimidine compound and application thereof
JP7158577B2 (en) 2018-10-24 2022-10-21 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitor
SG11202103839UA (en) 2018-10-31 2021-05-28 Gilead Sciences Inc Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds as hpk1 inhibitors
KR102658602B1 (en) 2018-10-31 2024-04-19 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Substituted 6-azabenzimidazole compounds with HPK1 inhibitory activity
WO2020097396A1 (en) 2018-11-07 2020-05-14 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Benzimidazole derivatives and aza-benzimidazole derivatives as janus kinase 2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US12509455B2 (en) 2018-11-07 2025-12-30 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Imidazopyridine derivatives and aza-imidazopyridine derivatives as Janus kinase 2 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3876939A4 (en) 2018-11-07 2022-08-10 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. BENZOTHIAZOLE DERIVATIVES AND 7-AZA-BENZOTHIAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS JANUS KINASE-2 INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
EP3935065A1 (en) 2019-03-07 2022-01-12 Institute of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry ASCR, V.V.I. 3'3'-cyclic dinucleotide analogue comprising a cyclopentanyl modified nucleotide as sting modulator
CA3129011C (en) 2019-03-07 2023-12-19 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Ascr, V.V.I. 3'3'-cyclic dinucleotides and prodrugs thereof
CA3129022C (en) 2019-03-07 2023-08-01 Institute Of Organic Chemistry And Biochemistry Ascr, V.V.I. 2'3'-cyclic dinucleotides and prodrugs thereof
PL3938047T3 (en) 2019-03-22 2022-11-07 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and their pharmaceutical use
TW202210480A (en) 2019-04-17 2022-03-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
TWI751517B (en) 2019-04-17 2022-01-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Solid forms of a toll-like receptor modulator
TW202231277A (en) 2019-05-21 2022-08-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Methods of identifying hiv patients sensitive to therapy with gp120 v3 glycan-directed antibodies
US11453681B2 (en) 2019-05-23 2022-09-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Substituted eneoxindoles and uses thereof
WO2020255038A1 (en) 2019-06-18 2020-12-24 Janssen Sciences Ireland Unlimited Company Combination of hepatitis b virus (hbv) vaccines and pyridopyrimidine derivatives
KR20220035908A (en) 2019-06-19 2022-03-22 실버백 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Anti-Mesothelin Antibodies and Immunoconjugates Thereof
CN114245807B (en) 2019-06-25 2025-05-02 吉利德科学公司 FLT3L-FC fusion proteins and methods of use
WO2021011544A1 (en) 2019-07-16 2021-01-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Hiv vaccines and methods of making and using
WO2021011891A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2021-01-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Long-acting formulations of tenofovir alafenamide
US20220296619A1 (en) 2019-08-19 2022-09-22 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pharmaceutical formulations of tenofovir alafenamide
KR20220074917A (en) 2019-09-30 2022-06-03 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 HBV vaccines and methods of treating HBV
CA3151322A1 (en) 2019-10-01 2021-04-08 Silverback Therapeutics, Inc. Combination therapy with immune stimulatory conjugates
PH12022550835A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2023-07-03 Forty Seven Inc Combination therapies for treating myelodysplastic syndromes and acute myeloid leukemia
MY209360A (en) 2019-10-31 2025-07-03 Forty Seven Llc Anti-cd47 and anti-cd20 based treatment of blood cancer
TWI778443B (en) 2019-11-12 2022-09-21 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Mcl1 inhibitors
WO2021113765A1 (en) 2019-12-06 2021-06-10 Precision Biosciences, Inc. Optimized engineered meganucleases having specificity for a recognition sequence in the hepatitis b virus genome
CN117736207A (en) 2019-12-24 2024-03-22 卡尔那生物科学株式会社 Diacylglycerol kinase modulating compounds
CN115643805B (en) 2020-01-27 2024-11-08 百时美施贵宝公司 1H-pyrazolo [4,3-d ] pyrimidine compounds as Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR 7) agonists
EP4097108A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-12-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1H-PYRAZOLO[4,3-d]PYRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS AS TOLL-LIKE RECEPTOR 7 (TLR7) AGONISTS
JP7712941B2 (en) 2020-01-27 2025-07-24 ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー 1H-Pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists
EP4097107A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-12-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C3-substituted 1h-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as toll-like receptor 7 (tlr7) agonists
EP4097106A1 (en) 2020-01-27 2022-12-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company 1h-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as toll-like receptor 7 (tlr7) agonists
CN115210235A (en) 2020-01-27 2022-10-18 百时美施贵宝公司 1H-pyrazolo [4,3-d ] pyrimidine compounds as Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR 7) agonists
KR20220132594A (en) 2020-01-27 2022-09-30 브리스톨-마이어스 스큅 컴퍼니 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists
CN115135654A (en) 2020-01-27 2022-09-30 百时美施贵宝公司 1H-pyrazolo [4,3-d ] pyrimidine compounds as Toll-like receptor 7(TLR7) agonists
JP2023512206A (en) 2020-01-27 2023-03-24 ブリストル-マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニー 1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as Toll-like receptor 7 (TLR7) agonists
AU2021219668B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2025-06-12 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antibodies and fusion proteins that bind to CCR8 and uses thereof
WO2021168274A1 (en) 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 Silverback Therapeutics, Inc. Nectin-4 antibody conjugates and uses thereof
KR20220156884A (en) 2020-03-20 2022-11-28 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Prodrugs of 4'-C-substituted-2-halo-2'-deoxyadenosine nucleosides and methods of making and using the same
CA3181922A1 (en) 2020-05-01 2021-11-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cd73 inhibiting 2,4-dioxopyrimidine compounds
CA3181537A1 (en) 2020-05-06 2021-11-11 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. 6-heteroaryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors
EP4153181A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2023-03-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising bictegravir
IL299508A (en) 2020-07-01 2023-02-01 Ars Pharmaceuticals Inc Name of the invention: antibody conjugates against ASGR1 and their uses
WO2022031894A1 (en) 2020-08-07 2022-02-10 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Prodrugs of phosphonamide nucleotide analogues and their pharmaceutical use
CN114315861A (en) * 2020-09-27 2022-04-12 上海维申医药有限公司 Macrocyclic TLR7 agonist, preparation method thereof, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
TW202406932A (en) 2020-10-22 2024-02-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Interleukin-2-fc fusion proteins and methods of use
KR20230107288A (en) 2020-11-11 2023-07-14 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Method for identifying HIV patients susceptible to therapy with gp120 CD4 binding site-directed antibody
EP4267574B1 (en) 2020-12-23 2025-04-23 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. 6-heteroaryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors
CN117736210A (en) * 2021-01-28 2024-03-22 上海翊石医药科技有限公司 Aromatic heterocyclic compound, and preparation method and application thereof
CA3215049A1 (en) 2021-04-10 2022-10-13 Baiteng ZHAO Folr1 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
TW202302145A (en) 2021-04-14 2023-01-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Co-inhibition of cd47/sirpα binding and nedd8-activating enzyme e1 regulatory subunit for the treatment of cancer
EP4326768A1 (en) 2021-04-23 2024-02-28 Profoundbio Us Co. Anti-cd70 antibodies, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
WO2022241134A1 (en) 2021-05-13 2022-11-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. COMBINATION OF A TLR8 MODULATING COMPOUND AND ANTI-HBV siRNA THERAPEUTICS
US20220389394A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-12-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. METHODS OF USING FLT3L-Fc FUSION PROTEINS
JP7654118B2 (en) 2021-06-23 2025-03-31 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Diacylglycerol kinase modulating compounds
AU2022298639C1 (en) 2021-06-23 2025-07-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Diacylglyercol kinase modulating compounds
KR20240025616A (en) 2021-06-23 2024-02-27 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Diacylglycerol Kinase Modulating Compounds
KR20240005901A (en) 2021-06-23 2024-01-12 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Diacylglycerol Kinase Modulating Compounds
TW202320857A (en) 2021-07-06 2023-06-01 美商普方生物製藥美國公司 Linkers, drug linkers and conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
CN118139858A (en) 2021-10-28 2024-06-04 吉利德科学公司 Pyridazin-3(2H)-one derivatives
WO2023077030A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Cd73 compounds
WO2023086319A1 (en) 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. 6-he tero aryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors
US12162881B2 (en) 2021-11-09 2024-12-10 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. Forms and compositions of inhibitors of JAK2
CA3237155A1 (en) 2021-12-03 2023-06-08 Zhimin Du Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection
SI4440702T1 (en) 2021-12-03 2025-09-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection
AU2022403012B2 (en) 2021-12-03 2026-02-12 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic compounds for hiv virus infection
US20230220106A1 (en) 2021-12-08 2023-07-13 Dragonfly Therapeutics, Inc. Antibodies targeting 5t4 and uses thereof
US20230203202A1 (en) 2021-12-08 2023-06-29 Dragonfly Therapeutics, Inc. Proteins binding nkg2d, cd16 and 5t4
WO2023122615A1 (en) 2021-12-22 2023-06-29 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Ikaros zinc finger family degraders and uses thereof
EP4452414A2 (en) 2021-12-22 2024-10-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Ikaros zinc finger family degraders and uses thereof
TW202340168A (en) 2022-01-28 2023-10-16 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Parp7 inhibitors
ES2999273T3 (en) 2022-03-17 2025-02-25 Gilead Sciences Inc Ikaros zinc finger family degraders and uses thereof
CN119031937A (en) 2022-03-24 2024-11-26 吉利德科学公司 Combination therapy for treating cancers expressing Trop-2
TWI876305B (en) 2022-04-05 2025-03-11 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Combination therapy for treating colorectal cancer
TWI856796B (en) 2022-04-06 2024-09-21 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof
KR20250004824A (en) 2022-04-21 2025-01-08 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 KRAS G12D Modulating Compounds
US20240034724A1 (en) 2022-07-01 2024-02-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Therapeutic compounds useful for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of an hiv virus infection
IL317958A (en) 2022-07-01 2025-02-01 Gilead Sciences Inc Cd73 compounds
JP2025523043A (en) 2022-07-12 2025-07-17 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド HIV immunogenic polypeptides and vaccines and uses thereof
CN119768183A (en) 2022-08-26 2025-04-04 吉利德科学公司 Dosing and scheduling regimens for broadly neutralizing antibodies
US20240091351A1 (en) 2022-09-21 2024-03-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. FOCAL IONIZING RADIATION AND CD47/SIRPa DISRUPTION ANTICANCER COMBINATION THERAPY
WO2024076915A1 (en) 2022-10-04 2024-04-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. 4'-thionucleoside analogues and their pharmaceutical use
US20240254118A1 (en) 2022-12-22 2024-08-01 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Prmt5 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP4695260A1 (en) 2023-04-11 2026-02-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Kras modulating compounds
AR132464A1 (en) 2023-04-19 2025-07-02 Gilead Sciences Inc CAPSID INHIBITOR DOSAGE REGIMEN
KR20250175331A (en) 2023-04-21 2025-12-16 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2024249592A1 (en) 2023-05-31 2024-12-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Quinazolinyl-indazole derivatives as therapeutic compounds for hiv
AU2024281548A1 (en) 2023-05-31 2025-11-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of compounds useful in the treatment of hiv
US20250042922A1 (en) 2023-06-30 2025-02-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Kras modulating compounds
US20250066328A1 (en) 2023-07-26 2025-02-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Parp7 inhibitors
AU2024297978A1 (en) 2023-07-26 2026-02-05 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Parp7 inhibitors
WO2025029247A1 (en) 2023-07-28 2025-02-06 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Weekly regimen of lenacapavir for the treatment and prevention of hiv
WO2025042394A1 (en) 2023-08-23 2025-02-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Dosing regimen of hiv capsid inhibitor
US20250101042A1 (en) 2023-09-08 2025-03-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Kras g12d modulating compounds
US20250109147A1 (en) 2023-09-08 2025-04-03 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Kras g12d modulating compounds
TW202535954A (en) 2023-09-26 2025-09-16 丹麥商珍美寶股份有限公司 Ptk7 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
TW202530226A (en) 2023-10-11 2025-08-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof
US20250120989A1 (en) 2023-10-11 2025-04-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof
TW202530227A (en) 2023-10-11 2025-08-01 美商基利科學股份有限公司 Bridged tricyclic carbamoylpyridone compounds and uses thereof
WO2025096589A1 (en) 2023-11-03 2025-05-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Prmt5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2025137640A1 (en) 2023-12-22 2025-06-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Azaspiro wrn inhibitors
WO2025137245A1 (en) 2023-12-22 2025-06-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of hiv integrase inhibitors
WO2025149661A1 (en) 2024-01-10 2025-07-17 Genmab A/S Slitrk6 binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
WO2025181219A1 (en) 2024-02-29 2025-09-04 Genmab A/S Egfr and c-met bispecific binding agents, conjugates thereof and methods of using the same
US20250333424A1 (en) 2024-03-01 2025-10-30 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
WO2025184452A1 (en) 2024-03-01 2025-09-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Solid forms of hiv integrase inhibitors
US20250296932A1 (en) 2024-03-01 2025-09-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising hiv integrase inhibitors
US20250345390A1 (en) 2024-05-13 2025-11-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination therapies
WO2025240242A1 (en) 2024-05-13 2025-11-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination therapies with ribavirin
US20250345389A1 (en) 2024-05-13 2025-11-13 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination therapies
WO2025240246A1 (en) 2024-05-13 2025-11-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination therapies with ribavirin
WO2025245003A1 (en) 2024-05-21 2025-11-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Prmt5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US20260007683A1 (en) 2024-06-14 2026-01-08 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions comprising hiv integrase inhibitors
WO2025264647A1 (en) * 2024-06-18 2025-12-26 Sutro Biopharma, Inc. Oxoadenine tlr7 agonist compounds and conjugates

Family Cites Families (42)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2311742C (en) 1997-11-28 2009-06-16 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. 6-amino-9-benzyl-8-hydroxypurine derivatives
PT1040108E (en) 1997-12-19 2004-06-30 Schering Ag ORTHOPHANYLAMIDE DERIVATIVES AS ANTICOAGULANTS
TW572758B (en) * 1997-12-22 2004-01-21 Sumitomo Pharma Type 2 helper T cell-selective immune response inhibitors comprising purine derivatives
WO2004029054A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-08 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Novel adenine compound and use thereof
US20050043239A1 (en) 2003-08-14 2005-02-24 Jason Douangpanya Methods of inhibiting immune responses stimulated by an endogenous factor
US20050054614A1 (en) 2003-08-14 2005-03-10 Diacovo Thomas G. Methods of inhibiting leukocyte accumulation
JP2005089334A (en) 2003-09-12 2005-04-07 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd 8-hydroxyadenine compound
US20050239809A1 (en) 2004-01-08 2005-10-27 Watts Stephanie W Methods for treating and preventing hypertension and hypertension-related disorders
TWI392678B (en) * 2004-03-26 2013-04-11 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co 9-substituted-8-oxoadenine compound
CA2566436C (en) 2004-05-13 2011-05-10 Vanderbilt University Phosphoinositide 3-kinase delta selective inhibitors for inhibiting angiogenesis
CA2567883A1 (en) 2004-05-25 2005-12-15 Icos Corporation Methods for treating and/or preventing aberrant proliferation of hematopoietic cells
CN101123968A (en) 2004-06-04 2008-02-13 艾科斯有限公司 Treatment for mast cell disease
EP1885356A2 (en) 2005-02-17 2008-02-13 Icos Corporation Phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitors for inhibiting leukocyte accumulation
EA200702235A1 (en) * 2005-05-04 2008-04-28 Пфайзер Лимитед DERIVATIVES OF 2-AMIDO-6-AMINO-8-OXOPURIN AS MODULATORS OF TOLL-SIMILAR RECEPTORS FOR TREATING CANCER AND VIRAL INFECTIONS, SUCH AS HEPATITIS C
JP2009504803A (en) 2005-08-22 2009-02-05 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア TLR agonist
TW200801003A (en) * 2005-09-16 2008-01-01 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
TW200745114A (en) * 2005-09-22 2007-12-16 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
US20090118263A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-05-07 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Novel Adenine Compound
WO2007034916A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2007-03-29 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Novel adenine compound
US20090192153A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-07-30 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. a corporation of Japan Novel adenine compound
US20080269240A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2008-10-30 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. a corporation of Japan Novel Adenine Compound
JPWO2007034917A1 (en) * 2005-09-22 2009-03-26 大日本住友製薬株式会社 New adenine compounds
JP2009519040A (en) 2005-12-12 2009-05-14 エラン・フアーマシユーチカルズ・インコーポレーテツド Assays for the treatment of Parkinson's disease and enzymatically active Parkin preparations useful therein
EP2029597A4 (en) 2006-05-31 2011-11-23 Univ California ANALOGUES OF THE PURINE
JP2009542645A (en) * 2006-07-05 2009-12-03 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ 8-oxoadenine derivatives acting as modulators of TLR7
EP2038290B1 (en) * 2006-07-07 2013-09-04 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
TW200831105A (en) * 2006-12-14 2008-08-01 Astrazeneca Ab Novel compounds
WO2008101867A1 (en) * 2007-02-19 2008-08-28 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives as immunomodulators
JP5480637B2 (en) * 2007-03-19 2014-04-23 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ 9-Substituted-8-oxo-adenine compounds as TOLL-like receptor (TLR7) modulators
ATE530549T1 (en) * 2007-03-19 2011-11-15 Astrazeneca Ab 9-SUBSTITUTED 8-OXOADENINE COMPOUNDS AS MODULATORS OF THE TOLL-LIKE RECEPTOR (TLR7)
US8044056B2 (en) * 2007-03-20 2011-10-25 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co., Ltd. Adenine compound
PE20081887A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2009-01-16 Dainippon Sumitomo Pharma Co NEW ADENINE COMPOUND
DK2155743T3 (en) * 2007-05-08 2012-11-05 Astrazeneca Ab Imidazoquinolines with immunomodulatory properties
MX2009013832A (en) * 2007-06-29 2010-03-10 Gilead Sciences Inc Purine derivatives and their use as modulators of toll-like receptor 7.
PE20091236A1 (en) * 2007-11-22 2009-09-16 Astrazeneca Ab PYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES AS IMMUNOMODULATORS OF TLR7
WO2009151910A2 (en) * 2008-05-25 2009-12-17 Wyeth Combination product of receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor and fatty acid synthase inhibitor for treating cancer
EP2324025A1 (en) * 2008-08-11 2011-05-25 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Purine derivatives for use in the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
UA103195C2 (en) * 2008-08-11 2013-09-25 Глаксосмитклайн Ллк PURCHASE DERIVATIVES FOR THE APPLICATION IN THE TREATMENT OF ALLERGIES, INFLAMMATORY AND INFECTIOUS DISEASES
JP5519670B2 (en) * 2008-08-11 2014-06-11 グラクソスミスクライン エルエルシー Purine derivatives for the treatment of allergic, inflammatory and infectious diseases
MX2011001663A (en) * 2008-08-11 2011-03-24 Glaxosmithkline Llc Novel adenine derivatives.
WO2010018132A1 (en) * 2008-08-11 2010-02-18 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds
GB0908772D0 (en) * 2009-05-21 2009-07-01 Astrazeneca Ab New salts 756

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN101784548A (en) 2010-07-21
EA024359B1 (en) 2016-09-30
KR20100039368A (en) 2010-04-15
WO2009005687A1 (en) 2009-01-08
AP2009005072A0 (en) 2009-12-31
MX2009013832A (en) 2010-03-10
US20150239888A1 (en) 2015-08-27
JP2010532353A (en) 2010-10-07
JP5395068B2 (en) 2014-01-22
CA2691444A1 (en) 2009-01-08
EA021463B1 (en) 2015-06-30
ES2541434T3 (en) 2015-07-20
CN101784548B (en) 2013-07-17
CO6251258A2 (en) 2011-02-21
NZ582090A (en) 2012-05-25
JP2014005308A (en) 2014-01-16
AU2008271127A1 (en) 2009-01-08
US20090047249A1 (en) 2009-02-19
US20110236348A1 (en) 2011-09-29
US7968544B2 (en) 2011-06-28
AP2706A (en) 2013-07-29
EA200971081A1 (en) 2010-10-29
US20140135492A1 (en) 2014-05-15
PL2170888T3 (en) 2015-09-30
TWI434849B (en) 2014-04-21
SI2170888T1 (en) 2015-10-30
IL202622A (en) 2016-12-29
BRPI0813952A2 (en) 2017-05-09
TW200914454A (en) 2009-04-01
ECSP109905A (en) 2010-04-30
IL202622A0 (en) 2010-06-30
EP2170888B1 (en) 2015-04-22
KR101561710B1 (en) 2015-10-19
EP2170888A1 (en) 2010-04-07
PT2170888E (en) 2015-08-21
AU2008271127B2 (en) 2013-12-05
EA201490489A1 (en) 2014-07-30
AR067182A1 (en) 2009-09-30
US9611268B2 (en) 2017-04-04
HK1143145A1 (en) 2010-12-24
CA2691444C (en) 2016-06-14
US8993755B2 (en) 2015-03-31
AU2008271127C1 (en) 2014-04-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9611268B2 (en) Modulators of toll-like receptor 7
JP5356228B2 (en) Regulator of toll-like receptor 7
US20120053148A1 (en) Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
CA2777824C (en) Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
US9233974B2 (en) Antiviral compounds
US8927484B2 (en) Antiviral compounds
HK1143145B (en) Purine derivatives and their use as modulators of toll-like receptor 7
HK1170477A (en) Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
HK1170477B (en) Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION